This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'WX_2_2_8'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/WX_2_2_8@12118 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+system.list
+bin
+.gdb_history
+Test
+config.cache
+configarg.cache
+config.status
+system.list
+linux.system.cache
+wx-config
+config.log
+linux-gnu.system.cache
+*.dsp
+*.dsw
+*.plg
+*.opt
+*.aps
+*.ncb
+*.pro
+*.opt
+*.d
+*.swp
+*.swo
+*.swq
+Release
+Debug
+ReleaseDll
+DebugDll
+ReleaseUnicode
+DebugUnicode
+ReleaseUnicodeDll
+DebugUnicodeDll
+BaseRelease
+BaseDebug
+BaseReleaseDll
+BaseDebugDll
+BaseReleaseUnicode
+BaseDebugUnicode
+BaseReleaseUnicodeDll
+BaseDebugUnicodeDll
+robert
+stamp-h.in
+Makefile
+configure
+setup.h
+stamp-h
+libtool
+aclocal.m4
+base
+gtk
+motif
+win32
+base-release
+gtk-release
+motif-release
+win32-release
+*tags

BuildCVS.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+                How to build the sources from CVS
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Please use the install.txt files in docs/gtk, docs/msw, docs/motif, docs/mac
+etc. alongside these instructions.
+
+I) Windows using plain makefiles
+----------------------------------------
+
+a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
+
+Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
+nmake) are installed and ready to run.  Depending on your
+installation there may be a batch file (named something like
+VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
+varaibles and PATH entries.
+
+Continue with item c) below.
+
+
+b) If using the GNU Mingw32 or GNU Cygwin32 compilers
+
+You can get Mingw32 from  http://www.mingw.org
+
+Cygwin32 is available at  http://www.cygwin.com
+
+The makefile might have small problems with Cygwin's tools
+so it is recommended to use Mingw32 and its toolchain instead
+if possible.
+
+-> Set your path so that it includes the directory
+   where your compiler and tools reside
+
+-> If your are using an old Mingw32 version (gcc-2.95 or older),
+   you might need to fix some headers with the patches contained
+   in the wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches file. PLEASE APPLY THESE
+   PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few different versions
+   of the headers floating around. Note that these patches are
+   not needed if you are using Mingw32 gcc-2.95.2 or newer.
+  
+-> Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
+   the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
+   If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
+   appropiately.
+
+
+c) Build instructions
+
+-> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
+   into c:\wxWin
+-> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
+   to   c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
+-> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
+   most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1), for example:
+   #define wxUSE_ODBC          0
+   #define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
+   #define wxUSE_HTML          1
+   #define wxUSE_THREADS       1
+   #define wxUSE_FS_INET       0
+   #define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
+   #define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
+   #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS  1
+   #define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
+   #define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
+   #define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
+
+   and std iostreams are disabled with
+   #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM   0
+ 
+-> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
+-> type: make -f makefile.g95  (if using GNU tools)
+or type: nmake -f makefile.vc   (if using MS VC++)
+
+
+II) Unix ports
+--------------
+
+Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
+won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
+that works without libtool and automake, using only
+configure to create what is needed.
+
+In order to create configure, you need to have the
+GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
+on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
+directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
+directory, which just calls autoconf).
+
+Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
+as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
+
+-> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
+-> type: md mybuild
+-> type: cd mybuild
+-> type: ../configure --with-motif
+or type: ../configure --with-gtk
+-> type: make
+-> type: su <type root password>
+-> type: make install
+-> type: ldconfig
+-> type: exit
+
+Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
+library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
+library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
+yet complete).
+
+III) Windows using configure
+----------------------------------------
+
+Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
+modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
+utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
+See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
+ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
+
+Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
+section I).
+
+IV) wxBase
+----------------------------------------
+
+wxBase is the non GUI part of wxWindows. Currently it can be only built using
+configure (i.e. under Unix and probably under Win32 with cygwin) and with
+Visual C++.
+
+To build it using configure, just add "--disable-gui" argument to it.
+
+To build wxBase with VC++, use the project files wxBase.dsp and wxBaseDll.dsp
+included in the CVS. See http://www.wxwindows.org/vadim/wxDocs/buildmsw.html
+for the instructions on how to generate the project files for the programs
+using wxBase.
+
+V) MacOS
+----------------------------------------
+
+VI) OS/2
+----------------------------------------
+
+VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
+cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
+ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Otherwise you can
+compile one yourself. Check the relevant FAQs.
+
+[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
+binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
+standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
+software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
+preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
+
+You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
+tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
+already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
+otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
+using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
+library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
+sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
+
+To cross compile the windows library, do
+-> cd win32
+(or whatever you called it)
+Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
+-> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw \
+   --enable-dnd=no --without-odbc
+where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
+will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
+i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
+The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
+yourself:
+-> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
+   DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
+   ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw --enable-dnd=no
+
+(all assuming you're using mingw32)
+Drag'n'drop is disabled because mingw32 lacks (AFAIK) OLE headers.
+
+[ Update: some new mingw32 versions now have a new set of windows header
+files, which apparently can handle ole. Untested at the moment ]
+
+ODBC files don't compile as of 13.10.99 - may be this will be fixed by the
+moment you're reading these lines.
+
+Configure will conclude that shared libraries are out of the question and
+opt for a static one. I haven't looked into DLL creation yet.
+
+Type
+-> make
+and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
+will be a compile error :-)
+
+NB: you risk to get quite a few warnings about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit
+    conversion from 'void *'" in all places where va_arg macro is used. This
+    is due to a bug in (some versions of) mingw32 headers which may be
+    corrected by editing the file
+
+    ${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
+
+    (instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
+    the lines
+
+/* Define __gnuc_va_list.  */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
+#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
+#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
+typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
+#else
+typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
+    __gnuc_va_list is char *.
+
+If this is successful, you end up with a libwx_msw.a in win32/lib.  Now try
+building the minimal sample:
+
+-> cd samples/minimal
+-> make
+
+and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
+-> wine minimal.exe
+
+If all is well, do an install; from win32
+-> make install
+
+Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
+(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
+want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
+
+Cross-compiling TODO:
+---------------------
+- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
+default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
+link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
+- dynamic libraries
+- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.
+

Mingw32-gcc295.patches

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
+--- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
+***************
+*** 74,91 ****
+--- 74,97 ----
+   STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
+  }
+  #define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
+
++ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
++ #define GUID_DEFINED
+  typedef struct _GUID
+  {
+      unsigned long Data1;
+      unsigned short Data2;
+      unsigned short Data3;
+      unsigned char Data4[8];
+  } GUID;
++ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID *REFGUID;
+  typedef GUID *LPGUID;
++ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
++ #define UUID_DEFINED
+  typedef GUID UUID;
++ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID IID;
+  typedef GUID CLSID;
+  typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
+  typedef IID *LPIID;
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
+***************
+*** 39,44 ****
+--- 39,53 ----
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
+
++ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
++ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
++ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
++ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
++ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
++ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
++ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
++ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
++
+  typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
+***************
+*** 49,54 ****
+--- 58,73 ----
+  typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
+  typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
+
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
++
+  typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
+   SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
+  } SYSKIND;
+***************
+*** 375,382 ****
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+--- 394,401 ----
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
+***************
+*** 627,633 ****
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+--- 627,633 ----
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h  Sun Aug  1 06:18:20 1999
++++ stdio.h     Sun Nov  7 03:41:40 1999
+@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
+ int    fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
++int     _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
+ int    vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
+ int    vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
++int     _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
++                    va_list varg);
+
+ /* Wide character versions */
+ int    fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
+
+
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h  Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
++++ winbase.h   Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
+@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
+ BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
+ #define RtlMoveMemory memmove
+ #define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
+-#define RtlFillMemory memset
++#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
+ #define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
+ #define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
+ #define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
++++ winsock.h   Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
+@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
+ #define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
+ #include <windows.h>
+
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
+ #ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
+ typedef unsigned char  u_char;
+ typedef unsigned short u_short;
+@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
+ typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
+ typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
+ typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
+ #endif
++#endif
++
+
+

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+autoconf

contrib/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#
+# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
+#
+
+all:
+	cd src; $(MAKE)
+
+clean:
+	cd src; $(MAKE) clean
+	cd samples; $(MAKE) clean
+
+samples:
+	cd samples; $(MAKE)

contrib/configure

@@ -0,0 +1,980 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# From configure.in Id: configure.in
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+ESD_LINK=
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:531: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 546 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:552: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 563 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:569: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 580 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:586: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+ac_safe=`echo "esd.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for esd.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:612: checking for esd.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 617 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <esd.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:622: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  
+  echo $ac_n "checking for esd_close in -lesd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:640: checking for esd_close in -lesd" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo esd'_'esd_close | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lesd  $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 648 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char esd_close();
+
+int main() {
+esd_close()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:659: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  
+    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
+  
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
+  echo "ESound detected"
+fi
+
+
+PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "
+            Makefile
+            src/Makefile
+            src/ogl/Makefile
+            src/mmedia/Makefile
+            src/stc/Makefile
+            samples/Makefile
+            samples/mmedia/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
+            samples/stc/Makefile
+         " | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@PATH_IFS@%$PATH_IFS%g
+s%@ESD_LINK@%$ESD_LINK%g
+s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY%g
+s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile
+            src/Makefile
+            src/ogl/Makefile
+            src/mmedia/Makefile
+            src/stc/Makefile
+            samples/Makefile
+            samples/mmedia/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
+            samples/stc/Makefile
+         "}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+

contrib/configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
+
+AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
+
+dnl ---------------
+dnl MMedia specific
+dnl ---------------
+
+dnl Check for ESD
+
+ESD_LINK=
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
+    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
+  ])
+])
+
+if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
+  echo "ESound detected"
+fi
+
+dnl -----------
+dnl Final subst
+
+PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
+
+AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
+AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
+AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
+AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
+
+dnl -----------
+dnl File output
+
+
+AC_OUTPUT([
+            Makefile
+            src/Makefile
+            src/ogl/Makefile
+            src/mmedia/Makefile
+            src/stc/Makefile
+            samples/Makefile
+            samples/mmedia/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
+            samples/stc/Makefile
+         ])

contrib/docs/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+html
+htmlhelp
+pdf
+winhelp
+htb

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/bugs.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the known bugs.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item No bugs
+\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudio.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+wxObject
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct wxCDtime {
+  wxUint8 track
+};
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
+\end{verbatim}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudlnx.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
+
+\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
+
+\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
+
+
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
+  MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
+};
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
+
+\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
+
+\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdtoc.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
+
+
+Table of contents manager
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
+
+\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
+
+Returns the length of the specified track
+track: track to get length
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
+
+Returns the position of the specified track
+track: track to get position
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
+
+Returns the total time
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
+
+Play audio at the specified position
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
+
+Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+Pause the audio playing
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+Resume a paused audio playing
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+Get the current CD status
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+Get the current playing time
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
+
+\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+Returns the table of contents
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+CD ok
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/changes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\chapter{Change log}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/classes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the main Mmedia classes.
+
+\input cdaudio.tex
+\input cdaudlnx.tex
+\input cdaudwin.tex
+\input cdtoc.tex
+\input sndbase.tex
+\input sndfile.tex
+\input sndfrmt.tex

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/intro.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+\chapter{Introduction}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
+a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
+cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
+on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
+same.
+
+\section{File structure}
+
+These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
+
+\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
+\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
+\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
+\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
+\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
+\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
+\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
+\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
+\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
+\item[sndulaw.h]
+\item[sndulaw.cpp]
+\item[sndg72x.h]
+\item[sndg72x.cpp]
+\item[sndoss.h]
+\item[sndoss.cpp]
+\item[sndesd.h]
+\item[sndesd.cpp]
+\item[sndwin.h]
+\item[sndwin.cpp]
+\item[cdbase.h]
+\item[cdbase.cpp]
+\item[cdunix.h]
+\item[cdunix.cpp]
+\item[cdwin.h]
+\item[cdwin.cpp]
+\item[vidbase.h]
+\item[vidbase.cpp]
+\item[vidxanm.h]
+\item[vidxanm.cpp]
+\item[vidwin.h]
+\item[vidwin.cpp]
+\end{description}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/mmedia.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
+\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
+\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
+\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
+\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
+\input psbox.tex
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip 11pt
+\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
+\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
+\date{March 2000}
+
+\makeindex
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+\tableofcontents%
+
+\input{intro.tex}
+%
+\input{sample.tex}
+%
+\input{classes.tex}
+%
+\input{topics.tex}
+%
+\input{bugs.tex}
+%
+\input{changes.tex}
+
+%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
+\printindex
+\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/psbox.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+%
+%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
+%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %   %   %
+%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %    % %
+%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%   %     %     %
+%              %               %       %     %  %     %    % %
+%              %               %       %     %  %     %   %   %
+%              %         %%%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
+%
+%              By Jean Orloff
+%              Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
+%              No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
+%
+% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
+%   from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
+%   with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
+%   (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
+% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
+%   the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
+%   particular dvi->ps translator used.
+% History:
+%   1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
+%   1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
+%   1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
+%   1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
+%   1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
+%   1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
+%   1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
+%   1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
+%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
+%
+\def\temp{1.31}
+\let\tempp=\relax
+\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
+  \message{version: \temp}
+\else
+    \ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
+      \message{version: \temp}
+    \else
+      \message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
+        psbox(\temp)!}
+      \let\temp=\psboxversion
+      \let\tempp=\endinput
+    \fi
+\fi
+\tempp
+\let\psboxversion=\temp
+\catcode`\@=11
+% Every macro likes a little privacy...
+%
+% Some common defs
+%
+\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
+\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+\def\executeinspecs#1{%
+\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
+%
+%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
+%  universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
+%  filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
+%   TeX \scale commands)
+%
+\def\psfortextures{%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
+%-----------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psfordvitops{%      For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
+%----------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psfordvips{%      For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
+%--------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+%    \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
+\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
+\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
+urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psforoztex{%        For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
+%--------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{##1 \space
+      ##2 1000 div dup scale
+      \putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
+}%
+}}
+\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
+%
+\def\psfordvitps{%       From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
+%---------------
+% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
+\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
+% and include the correct pathname, it should work
+\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
+\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
+\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
+}}
+\def\psforDVIALW{%   Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
+%---------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
+\special{language "PS"
+literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
+include "##1"}}}
+\def\psonlyboxes{%     Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
+%---------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
+  {\vss
+  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
+  }}}
+}%
+}
+%
+\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
+\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
+  {\vss
+  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
+  }}}
+\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
+}%
+}
+%
+%\def\psfor...  add your own!
+%
+%  \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
+%      and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
+\newread\pst@mpin
+\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
+\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
+\newbox\drawingBox
+\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
+\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
+your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
+\def\@mpty{}
+\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
+  \def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
+  \def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}%  needed by a crazyness of dvips!
+  \ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
+  \else
+    \drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
+    \drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
+%  !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
+  \fi
+  }
+\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
+\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
+\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
+{\catcode`\%=12
+\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
+}   %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
+\def\ReadPSize#1{
+ \edef\PSfilename{#1}
+ \openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
+ \ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
+   \errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
+   \psloc@lerr{was not found}
+   \s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
+   \closein\pst@mpin
+ \else
+   \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
+   \loop
+     \executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
+     \ifeof\pst@mpin
+       \errhelp=\PShelp
+       \errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
+           I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
+       \edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
+       \psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
+       \NotB@undingBoxfalse
+     \else
+       \expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
+       \ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
+         \edef\t@mp{%
+           \expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
+         \expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
+       \else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
+   \closein\pst@mpin
+ \fi
+\message{#1}
+}
+%
+% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
+%    TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
+%    scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
+%    Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
+%    indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
+%
+\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
+\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
+\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
+\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
+   \ReadPSize{#3}
+   \divide\drawingwd by 1000
+   \divide\drawinght by 1000
+   \d@mx=#1
+   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
+         \else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
+   \d@my=#2
+   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
+         \else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
+   \ifnum\yscale=1000
+         \else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
+                    \else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
+              \fi
+   \fi
+   \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
+   \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
+   \global\divide\pscm by 1000
+   \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
+   \multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
+   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
+   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
+   \message{scaled \the\xscale}
+ \hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
+   \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
+      \kern-\psyoffset
+      \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
+      \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
+   \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
+   \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
+   \baselineskip=0pt
+   \copy\drawingBox
+ \vss}\hss}
+  \global\psxoffset=0pt
+  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
+  \global\pscm=1cm
+  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
+  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
+}}
+%
+% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
+%   rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
+%   TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
+%   than 1/1000.
+%
+\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
+  \ReadPSize{#2}
+  \xscale=#1
+  \message{scaled \the\xscale}
+  \divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
+  \divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
+  \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
+  \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
+  \global\divide\pscm by 1000
+  \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
+  \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
+     \kern-\psyoffset
+     \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
+     \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
+  \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
+  \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
+  \baselineskip=0pt
+  \copy\drawingBox
+  \global\psxoffset=0pt
+  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
+  \global\pscm=1cm
+  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
+  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
+}}
+%
+%  \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
+%      enclose the picture
+\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
+%
+%
+%  \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
+%     makes one file out of many
+%  \splitfile joinedfilename
+%     the opposite
+%
+%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
+%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
+%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
+%\newread\pst@mpin
+\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
+\newif\ifc@ntrolline
+\newif\ifmatch
+\newread\j@insplitin
+\newwrite\j@insplitout
+\newwrite\psbj@inaux
+\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
+\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
+\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
+%
+% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
+%
+\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
+\def\input#1 {
+ \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
+ \oldinput #1 }
+\def\empty{}
+\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
+  \def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
+    \def\tmp{##2}
+    \ifx\empty\tmp
+      \matchfalse
+    \else
+      \matchtrue
+    \fi}
+  \match#1#2\endmatch}
+\def\warnopenout#1#2{
+ \setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
+ \ifmatch
+ \else
+   \immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
+   \ifeof\pst@mpin
+     \else
+     \errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
+press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
+     \errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
+   \fi
+   \immediate\closein\pst@mpin
+ \fi
+ \message{#2}
+ \immediate\openout#1=#2}
+%  No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
+{
+\catcode`\%=12
+\gdef\splitfile#1 {
+ \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
+ \message{Splitting file #1 into:}
+ \warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
+ \loop
+   \ifeof
+     \j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
+   \else
+     \n@teoftrue
+     \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
+       \ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
+     \ifc@ntrolline
+     \else
+       \toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
+       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+     \fi
+   \fi
+ \ifn@teof\repeat
+ \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
+\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
+ \def\t@mp{#1}
+ \ifx\empty\t@mp
+   \def\t@mp{#3}
+   \ifx\empty\t@mp
+     \global\c@ntrollinefalse
+   \else
+     \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
+     \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
+     \global\c@ntrollinetrue
+   \fi
+ \else
+   \global\c@ntrollinefalse
+ \fi}
+\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
+ \message{Joining following files into}
+ \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
+ \message{:}
+ {
+ \edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
+ \w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
+ \w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
+ \w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
+ \w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
+ \w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
+ \w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
+ \w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
+ \w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
+ \w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
+ \w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
+ }
+ \tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
+ \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
+\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
+ \def\t@mp{#1}
+ \ifx\empty\t@mp
+   \else
+   \llj@in{#1}
+   \tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
+ \fi}
+\gdef\llj@in#1{
+ \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
+ \ifeof\j@insplitin
+   \errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
+   \else
+   \message{#1}
+   \toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
+   \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+   \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
+   \loop
+     \ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
+       \else\n@teoftrue
+       \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
+       \toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
+       \let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
+       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+     \fi
+   \ifn@teof
+   \repeat
+   \immediate\closein\j@insplitin
+ \fi}
+}
+% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
+%   everything it used.
+\def\autojoin{
+ \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
+ \immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
+ \input psbjoin.aux
+}
+%
+%  Annotations & Captions etc...
+%
+%
+% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
+%    people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
+%
+\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
+\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
+\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
+   \setbox\drawingBox=#1
+   \copy\drawingBox
+   \vskip\baselineskip
+   \vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
+     \ifdim\wd0>\hsize
+       \noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
+    \else\centerline{\box0}
+    \fi
+}}}
+% for compatibility with older versions
+\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
+\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
+%
+% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
+%    position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
+\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
+  \rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
+%
+% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
+%   corner is the current point
+\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
+\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
+  \setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
+  {\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
+  \gridht=#1
+  \divide\gridht by \ht0
+  \multiply\gridht by \ht0
+  \gridwd=#2
+  \divide\gridwd by \wd0
+  \multiply\gridwd by \wd0
+  \advance \gridwd by \wd0
+  \vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
+%
+% Useful to measure where to put annotations
+\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
+  \gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
+%
+% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
+%   inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
+%   \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
+% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
+%   TeXhackers reading this
+%
+\def\textleftof#1:{
+  \setbox1=#1
+  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
+    \advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
+\def\textrightof#1:{
+  \setbox0=#1
+  \setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
+    \advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
+\def\endtext{
+  \egroup
+  \hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
+\box0\cr%
+\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
+%
+% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
+%    draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
+%    blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
+% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
+\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
+  \hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
+        \vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
+\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
+%
+%
+\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
+%
+% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
+%    Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
+%\psfortextures%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
+%\psforoztex   %     For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
+%\psfordvitops %     For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
+ \psfordvips   %     For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
+%\psfordvitps  %     For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
+%\psforDVIALW  %     For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
+%\psonlyboxes  %     Blank Boxes (when all else fails).

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sample.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+To be written.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndaiff.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
+
+AIFF codec
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
+
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
+
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
+
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndbase.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Name:        sndbase.tex
+%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
+%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
+%% Modified by:
+%% Created:     2000
+%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
+%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
+
+Base class for sound streams
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Include files}
+
+<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream errors
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
+
+\twocolwidtha{7cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
+either a driver or a file}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
+invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
+stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
+stream.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
+sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
+or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
+this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
+card with the specified values.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
+may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
+\end{twocollist}
+
+%%
+%% C callback
+%%
+
+\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
+
+When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event 
+processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+  typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
+                                  void *cdata);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
+
+The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
+
+The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
+when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
+
+{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
+sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
+
+The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
+at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction} 
+and cannot be changed until you call 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} 
+events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} 
+events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
+you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
+careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream events
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
+
+The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
+a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
+buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
+\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking. 
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
+previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
+process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
+block too.
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+%% Ctor && Dtor
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
+
+Default constructor.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
+
+Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
+any temporary buffer.
+
+%%
+%% Read
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
+use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
+interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}. 
+
+It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
+sound event system.
+
+\wxheading{Parameters}
+
+\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
+and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
+See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
+
+\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
+stream. The format is specified with 
+\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
+
+%%
+%% Write
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
+use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
+
+It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
+sound event system.
+
+\wxheading{Parameters}
+
+\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
+and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
+See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
+
+\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
+stream. The format is specified with 
+\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
+
+%%
+%% GetBestSize
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
+a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
+So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
+will not block for this buffer size.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
+It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
+apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
+sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
+or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
+the error with 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
+
+\wxheading{Note}
+
+The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
+
+\wxheading{Note}
+
+If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
+approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
+with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
+
+%%
+%% GetSoundFormat
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
+
+It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
+wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
+the stream itself.
+
+%%
+%% SetCallback
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
+
+\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
+
+It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
+useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
+Each callback has its callback data.
+
+%%
+%% StartProduction
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of 
+{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
+You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
+may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
+recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
+It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
+driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
+
+\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
+
+Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
+
+It returns the last error which occured.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
+
+It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
+until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
+
+\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndcodec.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndesd.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
+
+ESD output class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
+
+\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+You should not call this.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfg72x.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
+
+
+G72X format
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND\_G721,
+  wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
+  wxSOUND\_G723\_40
+} wxSoundG72XType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+This fixes a bug in Mingw95
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
+
+\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfile.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Name:        sndfile.tex
+%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
+%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
+%% Modified by:
+%% Created:     2000
+%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
+%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
+class).
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Include file}
+
+wx/sndfile.h
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+It constructs a new file decoder object which will send 
+audio data to the specified sound stream. 
+The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
+{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
+Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
+the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
+
+You will have access to the playback functions.
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+It constructs a new file coder object which will get
+data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
+The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
+is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
+it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
+the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
+
+It destroys the current sound file codec.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
+in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
+codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
+end of the file.
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
+\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
+to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
+parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
+control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
+you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
+errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
+in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
+(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
+production but keep the file pointer at the place.
+
+If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
+
+On success, it returns TREE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+When the file codec has been paused using
+\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
+resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+
+It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
+FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
+FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
+point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
+the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and 
+when it wants to start processing audio data.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
+advised for you to call this function. It is called by
+\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
+processing.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
+
+It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
+in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
+
+It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
+is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
+\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
+
+It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
+ {\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
+a length/position in bytes from a time value using
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and 
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\wxheading{Warning}
+
+Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
+it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
+it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
+But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
+may corrupt the current state of the stream.
+Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
+format object to decode it).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
+But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
+may corrupt the current state of the stream.
+Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
+format object to do this).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
+want to build a player (But also in some other case).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
+the stream you passed to it.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
+to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
+headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
+This should not be called by an external user but it should be
+implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
+
+It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
+been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
+\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfpcm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
+
+
+PCM specification class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
+
+\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
+
+\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
+
+\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
+
+\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
+
+\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfrmt.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+
+Base class for sound format specification
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
+  wxSOUND\_PCM,
+  wxSOUND\_ULAW,
+  wxSOUND\_G72X,
+  wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
+} wxSoundFormatType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
+which will be passed to the stream.
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+It returns a "standard" format type.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+It clones the current format.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfulaw.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
+
+
+ULAW format
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
+
+\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndg72x.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
+
+
+ULAW converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
+
+\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
+
+\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndoss.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
+
+
+OSS output class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
+
+\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+You should not call this.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndpcm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
+
+
+PCM converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndrter.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
+
+
+Codec router class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Read}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Write}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndulaw.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
+
+
+ULAW converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwave.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
+
+
+WAVE codec
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
+
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
+
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
+
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
+
+\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
+
+\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
+
+\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
+
+\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
+\end{verbatim}}
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
+
+\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
+
+Internal but defined as public
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
+
+\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
+
+\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
+
+\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
+
+\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
+
+\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
+
+\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
+
+\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
+
+\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
+
+\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
+
+\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+runTwice = yes
+titleFontSize = 12
+authorFontSize = 10
+chapterFontSize = 12
+sectionFontSize = 12
+subsectionFontSize = 12
+headerRule = yes
+footerRule = yes
+useHeadingStyles = yes
+listItemIndent=40
+generateHPJ = yes
+htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
+winHelpVersion = 3
+winHelpContents = yes
+winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
+truncateFilenames = yes
+combineSubSections = yes
+\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
+\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
+\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
+\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
+\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
+\const [0] {{\bf const}}
+\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+;;
+;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
+;;
+htmlWorkshopFiles = true
+htmlIndex = true
+\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
+%\pythonnote [1] {}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/texhelp.sty

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+% LaTeX style file
+% Name:   texhelp.sty
+% Author: Julian Smart
+%
+% Purpose
+% -------
+% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
+% hypertext manuals.
+% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
+%
+% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
+% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
+% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
+% in all other formats.
+%
+% Julian Smart
+% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
+%
+%
+% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
+%
+% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
+%
+% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
+%
+% followed by a description of the class.
+% Each member should follow:
+%
+% \membersection{wxName::Member}
+%
+% with a description of what this member does.
+% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
+%
+% \func{return type}{name}{args}
+% or
+% \member{type}{name}
+%
+% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
+
+% Function, e.g.
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% void DoIt(char *string);
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
+%
+
+\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
+
+\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
+
+% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
+\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
+
+% CLIPS function
+\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
+
+\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
+
+% This is used for a CLIPS function name
+\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
+
+% Member: a type and a name
+\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
+
+% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
+\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
+
+% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
+\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
+
+% Class: puts in index
+\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
+
+%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
+
+% Void type
+\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
+
+% Typeset destructor
+\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
+
+% Typeset insert/extract operators
+\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
+\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
+
+
+% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
+%
+% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
+% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
+% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
+%
+
+% Type text with section reference
+\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
+
+% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
+\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
+
+% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
+\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like footnote, but popup text.
+\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
+
+% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
+%
+
+% Global document font size/family, help only.
+\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
+% Only print in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
+
+% Ignore in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
+
+% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
+% in help systems!)
+\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
+
+\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
+
+% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
+%
+% Headings consistent with generated ones
+\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\LARGE \bf #1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\vskip 20pt
+}
+
+% Heading with entry in contents page.
+\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+
+% Glossary environment
+\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
+
+% Glossary entry
+\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
+
+% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
+\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, left aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, right aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
+% acts like \image.
+\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Headers and footers
+% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
+\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
+\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
+\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
+}
+
+% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
+\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
+}
+
+% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
+% in mirrored margins mode.
+\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+
+% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
+\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
+
+\twocolwidtha{3cm}
+\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
+\twocolspacing{2}
+
+\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
+\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
+
+\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
+{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
+
+% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
+\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
+
+% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
+\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
+
+% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
+\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
+{\end{list}}
+
+% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
+\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
+% Double-framed box of text.
+\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
+
+% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
+% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
+% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
+
+% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
+% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
+\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
+
+% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
+% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
+% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
+% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
+\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
+\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
+\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
+#2%
+\end{list}}
+\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
+\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
+\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
+\sloppy
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/topics.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The following sections describe particular topics.
+
+\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
+
+To be written.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidbase.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+Classes definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+wxObject
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
+  wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
+  wxVIDEO\_QT,
+  wxVIDEO\_GIF,
+  wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
+  wxVIDEO\_FLI,
+  wxVIDEO\_IFF,
+  wxVIDEO\_SGI,
+  wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
+} wxVideoType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+wxMMedia2 (video) types
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
+
+Ctors
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
+
+Dtor
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+Size management
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
+
+Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the video codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the audio codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return frame rate
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return number of frames
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
+
+\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
+
+Called when the movie finished
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+They return the state of the movie.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
+
+
+
+Class definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
+    MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
+};
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
+
+\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return codec name for each stream.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc. info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return the total number of frames in the movie
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
+
+\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidxanm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
+
+
+
+Class definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
+    Display *xanim\_dpy
+\end{verbatim}}
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
+
+\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the video codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the audio codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return frame rate
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return number of frames in the movie
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
+
+\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
+
+Start the subprocess with the right parameters
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
+
+\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
+
+Send a command to the subprocess
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
+
+\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
+
+Collect informations from XAnim
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/bugs.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the known bugs.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item In the OGLEdit sample, .dia files are output double-spaced
+due to an unidentified bug in the way a stream is converted to a file.
+\end{itemize}
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/changes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\chapter{Change log}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
+\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
+(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
+\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
+intercepted for Do/Undo.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item First publicly released version.
+\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/intro.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+\chapter{Introduction}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
+manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
+
+It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
+wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
+of the library.
+
+Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
+please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
+
+\section{File structure}
+
+These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
+
+\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
+\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
+\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
+\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
+\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
+\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
+\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
+\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
+\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
+\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
+\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
+\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
+\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
+\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
+\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
+\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
+\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
+\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
+\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
+\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
+\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
+\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
+\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
+\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
+\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
+\end{description}
+
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.hpj

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[OPTIONS]
+BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\contrib\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
+TITLE=OGL Manual
+CONTENTS=Contents
+COMPRESS=HIGH
+
+[FILES]
+ogl.rtf
+
+[CONFIG]
+CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
+BrowseButtons()
+
+[MAP]
+
+[BITMAPS]
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
+\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
+\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
+\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
+\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
+\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
+\input psbox.tex
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip 11pt
+\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
+\author{Julian Smart}
+\date{September 1998}
+
+\makeindex
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+\tableofcontents%
+
+\input{intro.tex}
+%
+\input{sample.tex}
+%
+\input{classes.tex}
+%
+\input{topics.tex}
+%
+\input{bugs.tex}
+%
+\input{changes.tex}
+
+%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
+\printindex
+\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/sample.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
+save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
+can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
+{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
+
+$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
+
+The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
+housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
+a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
+and how a typical application might implement this feature.
+
+\section{OGLEdit files}
+
+OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
+classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
+\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
+the diagram.
+\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
+\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{How OGLEdit works}
+
+OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
+member which itself contains the shapes.
+
+In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
+defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
+individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
+
+The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
+stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
+it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
+command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
+command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
+processing).
+
+Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
+the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
+the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
+to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
+
+The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
+two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
+shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
+processor to carry out the command.
+
+DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
+interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
+when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
+one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
+should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
+that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
+copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
+sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
+Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
+correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
+compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
+simple.
+
+\section{Possible enhancements}
+
+OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
+of OGL, such as:
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
+\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
+\item divided rectangles
+\item composite shapes, and constraints
+\item creating labels in shape regions
+\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
+\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
+\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
+\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
+\end{itemize}
+
+These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
+useful example for beginners.

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+;    Last change:  JS    8 Sep 98    2:54 pm
+runTwice = yes
+titleFontSize = 12
+authorFontSize = 10
+chapterFontSize = 12
+sectionFontSize = 12
+subsectionFontSize = 12
+headerRule = yes
+footerRule = yes
+useHeadingStyles = yes
+listItemIndent=40
+generateHPJ = no
+htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
+winHelpVersion = 3
+winHelpContents = yes
+winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
+truncateFilenames = yes
+combineSubSections = yes
+\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
+\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
+\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
+\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
+\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
+\const [0] {{\bf const}}
+\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+;;
+;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
+;;
+htmlWorkshopFiles = true
+htmlIndex = true
+\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
+%\pythonnote [1] {}
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/texhelp.sty

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+% LaTeX style file
+% Name:   texhelp.sty
+% Author: Julian Smart
+%
+% Purpose
+% -------
+% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
+% hypertext manuals.
+% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
+%
+% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
+% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
+% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
+% in all other formats.
+%
+% Julian Smart
+% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
+%
+%
+% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
+%
+% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
+%
+% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
+%
+% followed by a description of the class.
+% Each member should follow:
+%
+% \membersection{wxName::Member}
+%
+% with a description of what this member does.
+% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
+%
+% \func{return type}{name}{args}
+% or
+% \member{type}{name}
+%
+% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
+
+% Function, e.g.
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% void DoIt(char *string);
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
+%
+
+\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
+
+\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
+
+% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
+\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
+
+% CLIPS function
+\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
+
+\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
+
+% This is used for a CLIPS function name
+\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
+
+% Member: a type and a name
+\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
+
+% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
+\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
+
+% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
+\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
+
+% Class: puts in index
+\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
+
+%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
+
+% Void type
+\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
+
+% Typeset destructor
+\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
+
+% Typeset insert/extract operators
+\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
+\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
+
+
+% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
+%
+% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
+% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
+% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
+%
+
+% Type text with section reference
+\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
+
+% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
+\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
+
+% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
+\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like footnote, but popup text.
+\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
+
+% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
+%
+
+% Global document font size/family, help only.
+\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
+% Only print in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
+
+% Ignore in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
+
+% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
+% in help systems!)
+\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
+
+\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
+
+% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
+%
+% Headings consistent with generated ones
+\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\LARGE \bf #1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\vskip 20pt
+}
+
+% Heading with entry in contents page.
+\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+
+% Glossary environment
+\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
+
+% Glossary entry
+\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
+
+% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
+\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, left aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, right aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
+% acts like \image.
+\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Headers and footers
+% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
+\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
+\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
+\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
+}
+
+% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
+\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
+}
+
+% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
+% in mirrored margins mode.
+\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+
+% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
+\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
+
+\twocolwidtha{3cm}
+\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
+\twocolspacing{2}
+
+\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
+\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
+
+\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
+{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
+
+% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
+\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
+
+% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
+\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
+
+% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
+\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
+{\end{list}}
+
+% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
+\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
+% Double-framed box of text.
+\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
+
+% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
+% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
+% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
+
+% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
+% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
+\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
+
+% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
+% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
+% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
+% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
+\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
+\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
+\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
+#2%
+\end{list}}
+\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
+\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
+\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
+\sloppy
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/topics.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+\chapter{Topic overviews}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The following sections describe particular topics.
+
+\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
+
+\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
+for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
+wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
+member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
+resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
+click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
+nodes with arcs, and so on.
+
+The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
+erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
+and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
+mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
+application.
+
+Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
+wxRectangleShapes.
+
+Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
+{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
+what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
+and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
+
+In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
+which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
+An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
+event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
+new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
+of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
+existing shape classes.
+
+A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
+polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
+new shapes from wxShape.
+
+Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
+shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
+
+\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
+
+Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
+
+A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
+division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
+the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
+
+Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
+mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
+
+Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+  /*
+   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions
+   *
+   */
+
+  wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
+
+  wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+  
+  dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
+  dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
+  dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
+  dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
+  dividedRect->NameRegions();
+
+  /*
+   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
+   *
+   */
+
+  wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
+  dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+  
+  dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
+  dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
+  dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
+  dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
+  dividedRect3->NameRegions();
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
+
+Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
+
+The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
+a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
+
+Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
+add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
+
+After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
+will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
+constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
+
+If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
+the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
+move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
+
+To specify a constraint, you need three things:
+
+\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
+\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
+\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
+{\it constraining} shape;
+\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
+constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
+
+For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
+Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
+usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
+
+You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
+calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
+
+Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
+wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
+the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
+can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
+shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
+but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
+Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
+
+To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
+Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.
+

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdbase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name:       cdbase.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    1997
+// Updated:    1998, 1999, 2000
+// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef __CDA_base_H__
+#define __CDA_base_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "cdbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+
+typedef struct wxCDtime {
+  wxUint8 track;
+  wxUint8 hour, min, sec;
+} wxCDtime;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudio : public wxObject {
+  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCDAudio)
+public:
+  typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus;
+  // Table of contents manager
+  class CDtoc {
+  protected:
+    wxCDtime *tracks_time, *tracks_pos;
+    wxCDtime total_time;
+  public:
+    //
+    CDtoc(wxCDtime& tot_tm, wxCDtime *trks_tm, wxCDtime *trks_pos)
+      { tracks_time = trks_tm; total_time = tot_tm; tracks_pos = trks_pos; }
+
+    // Returns the length of the specified track
+    // track: track to get length
+    wxCDtime GetTrackTime(wxUint8 track) const;
+    // Returns the position of the specified track
+    // track: track to get position
+    wxCDtime GetTrackPos(wxUint8 track) const;
+    // Returns the total time
+    inline wxCDtime GetTotalTime() const { return total_time; }
+  };
+public:
+  //
+  wxCDAudio() : wxObject() {}
+  //
+  virtual ~wxCDAudio() {}
+
+  // Play audio at the specified position
+  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play, const wxCDtime& end_play) = 0;
+  // Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
+  bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play);
+  //
+  bool Play(wxUint8 beg_track, wxUint8 end_track = 0);
+  // Pause the audio playing
+  virtual bool Pause() = 0;
+  // Resume a paused audio playing
+  virtual bool Resume() = 0;
+  // Get the current CD status
+  virtual CDstatus GetStatus() = 0;
+  // Get the current playing time
+  virtual wxCDtime GetTime() = 0;
+  // Returns the table of contents
+  virtual const CDtoc& GetToc() = 0;
+  // CD ok
+  virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdunix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name:       cdunix.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    1997
+// Updated:    2000
+// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef __CDUNIXH__
+#define __CDUNIXH__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "cdunix.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/cdbase.h"
+
+///
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioLinux : public wxCDAudio {
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioLinux)
+protected:
+  wxCDtime m_time;
+  CDstatus m_status;
+  CDtoc *m_toc;
+  int m_fd;
+  wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
+public:
+  ///
+  wxCDAudioLinux();
+  ///
+  wxCDAudioLinux(const wxString& dev_name);
+  ///
+  virtual ~wxCDAudioLinux();
+
+  ///
+  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
+  ///
+  virtual bool Pause();
+  ///
+  virtual bool Resume();
+  ///
+  virtual CDstatus GetStatus();
+  ///
+  virtual wxCDtime GetTime();
+  ///
+  virtual CDtoc& GetToc();
+  ///
+  virtual inline bool Ok() const { return (m_fd != -1); }
+protected:
+  ///
+  void OpenDevice(const wxString& dev_name);
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdwin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:       cdwin.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    1997
+// Updated:    1998
+// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifndef __CDA_win_H__
+#define __CDA_win_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+#include "cdbase.h"
+
+#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+typedef struct CDAW_Internal {
+  MCIDEVICEID dev_id;
+} CDAW_Internal;
+#endif
+
+///
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioWin : public wxCDAudio {
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioWin)
+protected:
+  struct CDAW_Internal *m_internal;
+  wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
+  CDtoc *m_toc;
+  bool m_ok;
+public:
+  ///
+  wxCDAudioWin(void);
+  ///
+  wxCDAudioWin(const char *dev_name);
+  ///
+  virtual ~wxCDAudioWin(void);
+
+  ///
+  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
+  ///
+  virtual bool Pause(void);
+  ///
+  virtual bool Resume(void);
+  ///
+  virtual CDstatus GetStatus(void);
+  ///
+  virtual wxCDtime GetTime(void);
+  ///
+  virtual const CDtoc& GetToc(void);
+  ///
+  virtual inline bool Ok(void) const { return m_ok; }
+protected:
+  void PrepareToc();
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/internal/g72x.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ * This source code is a product of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and is provided
+ * for unrestricted use.  Users may copy or modify this source code without
+ * charge.
+ *
+ * SUN SOURCE CODE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING
+ * THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE.
+ *
+ * Sun source code is provided with no support and without any obligation on
+ * the part of Sun Microsystems, Inc. to assist in its use, correction,
+ * modification or enhancement.
+ *
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
+ * INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS OR ANY PATENTS BY THIS SOFTWARE
+ * OR ANY PART THEREOF.
+ *
+ * In no event will Sun Microsystems, Inc. be liable for any lost revenue
+ * or profits or other special, indirect and consequential damages, even if
+ * Sun has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+ *
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * 2550 Garcia Avenue
+ * Mountain View, California  94043
+ */
+
+/*
+ * g72x.h
+ *
+ * Header file for CCITT conversion routines.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef _G72X_H
+#define	_G72X_H
+
+#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_ULAW	(1)	/* ISDN u-law */
+#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW	(2)	/* ISDN A-law */
+#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR	(3)	/* PCM 2's-complement (0-center) */
+
+/*
+ * The following is the definition of the state structure
+ * used by the G.721/G.723 encoder and decoder to preserve their internal
+ * state between successive calls.  The meanings of the majority
+ * of the state structure fields are explained in detail in the
+ * CCITT Recommendation G.721.  The field names are essentially indentical
+ * to variable names in the bit level description of the coding algorithm
+ * included in this Recommendation.
+ */
+struct g72x_state {
+	long yl;	/* Locked or steady state step size multiplier. */
+	short yu;	/* Unlocked or non-steady state step size multiplier. */
+	short dms;	/* Short term energy estimate. */
+	short dml;	/* Long term energy estimate. */
+	short ap;	/* Linear weighting coefficient of 'yl' and 'yu'. */
+
+	short a[2];	/* Coefficients of pole portion of prediction filter. */
+	short b[6];	/* Coefficients of zero portion of prediction filter. */
+	short pk[2];	/*
+			 * Signs of previous two samples of a partially
+			 * reconstructed signal.
+			 */
+	short dq[6];	/*
+			 * Previous 6 samples of the quantized difference
+			 * signal represented in an internal floating point
+			 * format.
+			 */
+	short sr[2];	/*
+			 * Previous 2 samples of the quantized difference
+			 * signal represented in an internal floating point
+			 * format.
+			 */
+	char td;	/* delayed tone detect, new in 1988 version */
+};
+
+/* External function definitions. */
+
+extern unsigned char linear2alaw (int pcm_val);	/* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
+extern int alaw2linear (unsigned char a_val);
+extern unsigned char linear2ulaw (int pcm_val);	/* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
+extern int ulaw2linear (unsigned char u_val);
+extern int predictor_zero (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int predictor_pole (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int step_size (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int quantize (int d, int y, short *table, int size);
+extern int reconstruct (int sign, int dqln, int y);
+
+extern void update
+    ( int code_size, int y, int wi, int fi, int dq
+	, int sr, int dqsez, struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+
+int tandem_adjust_alaw
+    (int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
+
+int tandem_adjust_ulaw
+    (int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
+
+extern void g72x_init_state (struct g72x_state *);
+extern int g721_encoder(
+		int sample,
+		int in_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int g721_decoder(
+		int code,
+		int out_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int g723_24_encoder(
+		int sample,
+		int in_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int g723_24_decoder(
+		int code,
+		int out_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int g723_40_encoder(
+		int sample,
+		int in_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+extern int g723_40_decoder(
+		int code,
+		int out_coding,
+		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
+
+#endif /* !_G72X_H */

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndaiff.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndaiff.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDAIFF_H
+#define _WX_SNDAIFF_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndaiff.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/stream.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
+
+//
+// AIFF codec
+//
+
+class wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
+public:
+    wxSoundAiff(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    wxSoundAiff(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    ~wxSoundAiff();
+    
+    bool CanRead();
+    wxString GetCodecName() const;
+    
+protected:
+    bool PrepareToPlay(); 
+    bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
+    bool FinishRecording();
+    bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
+    
+    wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+protected:
+    off_t m_base_offset;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndbase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndbase.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDBASE_H
+#define _WX_SNDBASE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndbase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DEFINITIONS
+
+// ---------------------
+// Sound streaming mode:
+//   - wxSOUND_INPUT: simple recording mode
+//   - wxSOUND_OUTPUT: simple playing mode
+//   - wxSOUND_DUPLEX: full duplex record/play at the same time
+// ---------------------
+enum {
+  wxSOUND_INPUT = 1,
+  wxSOUND_OUTPUT = 2,
+  wxSOUND_DUPLEX = wxSOUND_INPUT | wxSOUND_OUTPUT,
+};
+
+// ---------------------
+// wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
+// which will be passed to the stream.
+// ---------------------
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND_NOFORMAT,
+  wxSOUND_PCM,
+  wxSOUND_ULAW,
+  wxSOUND_G72X,
+  wxSOUND_MSADPCM
+} wxSoundFormatType;
+
+// ---------------------
+// wxSoundError:
+//   - wxSOUND_NOERR: No error occured
+//   - wxSOUND_IOERR: an input/output error occured, it may concern either
+//                    a driver or a file
+//   - wxSOUND_INVFRMT: the sound format passed to the function is invalid.
+//                      Generally, it means that you passed out of range values
+//                      to the codec stream or you don't pass the right sound
+//                      format object to the right sound codec stream.
+//   - wxSOUND_INVDEV: Invalid device. Generally, it means that the sound stream
+//                     didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid//                     parameter or to the fact that sound is not supported on
+//                     this computer.
+//   - wxSOUND_NOEXACT: No exact matching sound codec has been found for
+//                      this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't
+//                      manage to setup the sound card with the specified
+//                      values.
+//   - wxSOUND_NOCODEC: No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
+//                      may happen when you call
+//                      wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().
+//   - wxSOUND_MEMERR:  Not enough memory.
+//   - wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED: You did not start the production using
+//                         StartProduction()
+// ---------------------
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND_NOERROR,
+  wxSOUND_IOERROR,
+  wxSOUND_INVFRMT,
+  wxSOUND_INVDEV,
+  wxSOUND_NOEXACT,
+  wxSOUND_INVSTRM,
+  wxSOUND_NOCODEC,
+  wxSOUND_MEMERROR,
+  wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED
+} wxSoundError;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream;
+
+// ---------------------
+// wxSoundCallback(stream, evt, cdata): C callback for sound event.
+//    - stream: current wxSoundStream
+//    - evt: the sound event which has occured, it may be wxSOUND_INPUT,
+//            wxSOUND_OUTPUT or wxSOUND_DUPLEX
+//    - cdata: User callback data
+// ---------------------
+typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
+                                void *cdata);
+
+//
+// Base class for sound format specification
+//
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatBase {
+ public:
+  wxSoundFormatBase();
+  virtual ~wxSoundFormatBase();
+
+  // It returns a "standard" format type.
+  virtual wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_NOFORMAT; }
+  // It clones the current format.
+  virtual wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
+
+  virtual wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const = 0;
+  virtual wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const = 0;
+ 
+  virtual bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
+};
+
+//
+// Base class for sound streams
+//
+
+class wxSoundStream {
+ public:
+  wxSoundStream();
+  virtual ~wxSoundStream();
+
+  // Reads "len" bytes from the sound stream.
+  virtual wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
+  // Writes "len" byte to the sound stream.
+  virtual wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
+  // Returns the best size for IO calls
+  virtual wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 1024; }
+
+  // SetSoundFormat returns TRUE when the format can be handled.
+  virtual bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+
+  // GetSoundFormat returns the current sound format.
+  wxSoundFormatBase& GetSoundFormat() const { return *m_sndformat; }
+
+  // Register a callback for a specified async event.
+  void SetCallback(int evt, wxSoundCallback cbk, void *cdata);
+
+  // Starts the async notifier. After this call, the stream begins either 
+  // recording or playing or the two at the same time.
+  virtual bool StartProduction(int evt) = 0;
+  // Stops the async notifier.
+  virtual bool StopProduction() = 0;
+  // Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
+  void SetEventHandler(wxSoundStream *handler) { m_handler = handler; }
+
+  wxSoundError GetError() const { return m_snderror; }
+  wxUint32 GetLastAccess() const { return m_lastcount; }
+
+  // This is only useful for device (I think).
+  virtual bool QueueFilled() const { return TRUE; }
+
+ protected:
+  // Current sound format
+  wxSoundFormatBase *m_sndformat;
+
+  // Last error
+  wxSoundError m_snderror;
+
+  // Last access
+  wxUint32 m_lastcount;
+
+  // Event handler
+  wxSoundStream *m_handler;
+
+  wxSoundCallback m_callback[2];
+  void *m_cdata[2];
+
+ protected:
+  // Handles event
+  virtual void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndcodec.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDCODEC_H
+#define _WX_SNDCODEC_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndcodec.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+class wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
+ public:
+  wxSoundStreamCodec(wxSoundStream& snd_io);
+  ~wxSoundStreamCodec();
+
+  bool StartProduction(int evt);
+  bool StopProduction();
+
+  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+
+ protected:
+  wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndcpcm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndcpcm.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDCPCM_H
+#define _WX_SNDCPCM_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndcpcm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+
+//
+// PCM converter class
+//
+
+class wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
+public:
+    typedef void (*ConverterType)(const void *buf_in, void *buf_out,
+                                  wxUint32 len);
+    
+    wxSoundStreamPcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
+    ~wxSoundStreamPcm();
+    
+    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+    
+    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+    
+protected:
+    wxUint32 GetReadSize(wxUint32 len) const;
+    wxUint32 GetWriteSize(wxUint32 len) const;
+
+protected:
+    ConverterType m_function_out, m_function_in;
+
+    // Static temporary buffer
+    char *m_prebuffer;
+    wxUint32 m_prebuffer_size;
+    // Estimated best size to fit into the static buffer
+    wxUint32 m_best_size;
+    // Multiplier for IO buffer size
+    float m_multiplier_in, m_multiplier_out;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndesd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndesd.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDESD_H
+#define _WX_SNDESD_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndesd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
+
+//
+// ESD output class
+//
+
+class wxSoundStreamESD : public wxSoundStream {
+public:
+    wxSoundStreamESD(const wxString& hostname = wxT("localhost"));
+    ~wxSoundStreamESD();
+    
+    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+    
+    bool StartProduction(int evt);
+    bool StopProduction();
+    
+    // You should not call this.
+    void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
+
+    bool QueueFilled() const { return m_q_filled; }
+protected:
+    int m_fd_input, m_fd_output;      // ESD fds
+    int m_tag_input, m_tag_output;    // GLIB tags
+    bool m_esd_stop;                  // Stream started ?
+    bool m_esd_ok;                    // ESD detected
+    wxString m_hostname;              // ESD host
+    bool m_q_filled;                  // queue filled
+
+private:
+    void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndfile.h

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndfile.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDFILE_H
+#define _WX_SNDFILE_H
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/stream.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+
+#define wxSOUND_INFINITE_TIME ((wxUint32)-1)
+
+//
+// Codec router class
+//
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
+ public:
+  wxSoundRouterStream(wxSoundStream& sndio);
+  ~wxSoundRouterStream();
+
+  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+
+  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+
+  bool StartProduction(int evt);
+  bool StopProduction();
+
+  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+
+ protected:
+  wxSoundStream *m_router;
+};
+
+typedef enum {
+ wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED,
+ wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED,
+ wxSOUND_FILE_PLAYING,
+ wxSOUND_FILE_RECORDING
+} wxSoundFileState;
+
+//
+// Base class for file coders/decoders
+//
+
+class wxSoundFileStream: public wxSoundStream {
+public:
+    wxSoundFileStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    wxSoundFileStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    ~wxSoundFileStream();
+    
+    // Usual sound file calls (Play, Stop, ...)
+    bool Play();
+    bool Record(wxUint32 time);
+    bool Stop();
+    bool Pause();
+    bool Resume();
+    
+    // Functions which return the current state
+    bool IsStopped() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED; }
+    bool IsPaused() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED; }
+    
+    // A user should not call these two functions.
+    // Several things must be done before calling them.
+    // Users should use Play(), ... 
+    bool StartProduction(int evt);
+    bool StopProduction();
+
+    // These three functions deals with the length, the position in the sound file.
+    // All the values are expressed in bytes. If you need the values expressed
+    // in terms of time, you have to use GetSoundFormat().GetTimeFromBytes(...)
+    wxUint32 GetLength();
+    wxUint32 GetPosition();
+    wxUint32 SetPosition(wxUint32 new_position);
+    
+    // These two functions use the sound format specified by GetSoundFormat().
+    // All samples must be encoded in that format. 
+    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len); 
+    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    // This function set the sound format of the file. !! It must be used only
+    // when you are in output mode (concerning the file) !! If you are in
+    // input mode (concerning the file) you can't use this function to modify
+    // the format of the samples returned by Read() !
+    // For this action, you must use wxSoundRouterStream applied to wxSoundFileStream. 
+    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+    
+    // This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who want to build
+    // a player (But also in some other case).
+    virtual wxString GetCodecName() const;
+    
+    // You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
+    // the stream you passed to it.
+    virtual bool CanRead() { return FALSE; }
+    
+protected:
+    wxSoundRouterStream m_codec; 
+    wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
+    wxInputStream *m_input;
+    wxOutputStream *m_output;
+    
+    wxSoundFileState m_state, m_oldstate;
+    wxUint32 m_length, m_bytes_left;
+    bool m_prepared;
+    
+protected:
+    virtual bool PrepareToPlay() = 0; 
+    virtual bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time) = 0;
+    virtual bool FinishRecording() = 0;
+    virtual bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position) = 0;
+    void FinishPreparation(wxUint32 len);
+    
+    virtual wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
+    virtual wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
+    
+    void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndg72x.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndg72x.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/26/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDG72X_H
+#define _WX_SNDG72X_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndg72x.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND_G721,
+  wxSOUND_G723_24,
+  wxSOUND_G723_40
+} wxSoundG72XType;
+
+// This fixes a bug in Mingw95
+typedef struct g72x_state g72state;
+
+//
+// G72X format
+//
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatG72X: public wxSoundFormatBase {
+ public:
+  wxSoundFormatG72X();
+  ~wxSoundFormatG72X();
+
+  void SetG72XType(wxSoundG72XType type);
+  wxSoundG72XType GetG72XType() const { return m_g72x_type; }
+
+  void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
+  wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
+
+  wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_G72X; }
+  wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
+
+  wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
+  wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
+
+  bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
+
+ protected:
+  wxUint32 m_srate;
+  wxSoundG72XType m_g72x_type;
+};
+
+//
+// ULAW converter class
+//
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamG72X: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
+ public:
+  wxSoundStreamG72X(wxSoundStream& sndio);
+  ~wxSoundStreamG72X();
+
+  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+
+  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+
+ protected:
+  wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
+  wxUint8 m_n_bits, m_current_mask, m_current_b_pos, m_current_byte;
+  wxUint8 *m_io_buffer;
+  g72state *m_state;
+
+  int (*m_coder)(int code, int in_code, struct g72x_state *state);
+  int (*m_decoder)(int code, int out_code, struct g72x_state *state);
+
+ protected:
+  void PutBits(wxUint8 bits);
+  wxUint8 GetBits();
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndmsad.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndmsad(pcm).h
+// Purpose: MS ADPCM codec
+// Date: 25/02/2000
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 2000
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
+#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndmsad.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxUint16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
+
+//
+// MSADPCM format
+//
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm: public wxSoundFormatBase {
+ public:
+  wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
+  ~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
+
+  void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
+  wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
+
+  void SetSamplesBlock(wxUint16 sampblock);
+  wxUint16 GetSamplesBlock() const;
+  
+  void SetCoefs(wxMSAdpcmCoefs& coefs);
+  wxMSAdpcmCoefs& GetCoefs() const;
+  
+  wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
+  wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
+
+  wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
+  wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
+
+  bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
+
+ protected:
+  wxUint32 m_srate;
+  wxMSAdpcmCoefs *m_coefs;
+};
+
+//
+// MS ADPCM converter class
+//
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
+public:
+    wxSoundStreamAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
+    ~wxSoundStreamAdpcm();
+    
+    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+
+    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+
+protected:
+    wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndoss.h

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndoss.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDOSS_H
+#define _WX_SNDOSS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndoss.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
+
+//
+// OSS output class
+//
+
+class wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
+ public:
+  wxSoundStreamOSS(const wxString& dev_name = wxT("/dev/dsp"));
+  ~wxSoundStreamOSS();
+
+  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+
+  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+
+  bool StartProduction(int evt);
+  bool StopProduction();
+
+  bool QueueFilled() const;
+
+  // You should not call this.
+  void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
+ protected:
+  // OSS device
+  int m_fd;
+  wxUint32 m_bufsize;
+  int m_tag;
+  bool m_oss_stop, m_oss_ok, m_q_filled;
+  wxString m_devname;
+
+ private:
+  bool SetupFormat(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
+  void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndpcm.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDPCM_H
+#define _WX_SNDPCM_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndpcm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+//
+// PCM specification class
+//
+
+class wxSoundFormatPcm : public wxSoundFormatBase {
+public:
+  wxSoundFormatPcm(wxUint32 srate = 22500, wxUint8 bps = 8,
+                   wxUint16 channels = 2, bool sign = TRUE,
+                   int order = wxLITTLE_ENDIAN); 
+  ~wxSoundFormatPcm();
+
+  void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
+  void SetBPS(wxUint8 bps);
+  void SetChannels(wxUint16 nchannels);
+  void SetOrder(int order);
+  void Signed(bool sign);
+
+  wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const { return m_srate; }
+  wxUint8 GetBPS() const { return m_bps; }
+  wxUint16 GetChannels() const { return m_nchan; }
+  int GetOrder() const { return m_order; }
+  bool Signed() const { return m_signed; }
+
+  wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_PCM; }
+  wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
+
+  wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
+  wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
+
+  bool operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
+
+protected:
+  wxUint32 m_srate;
+  wxUint8 m_bps;
+  wxUint16 m_nchan;
+  int m_order;
+  bool m_signed;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndulaw.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndulaw.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
+#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndulaw.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+//
+// ULAW format
+//
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatUlaw: public wxSoundFormatBase {
+public:
+    wxSoundFormatUlaw();
+    ~wxSoundFormatUlaw();
+    
+    void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
+    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
+    
+    void SetChannels(wxUint8 channels);
+    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
+    
+    wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
+    wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
+    
+    wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
+    wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
+    
+    bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
+    
+protected:
+    wxUint32 m_srate;
+    wxUint8 m_channels;
+};
+
+//
+// ULAW converter class
+//
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamUlaw: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
+public:
+    wxSoundStreamUlaw(wxSoundStream& sndio);
+    ~wxSoundStreamUlaw();
+    
+    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
+    
+    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
+    
+protected:
+    wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndwav.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndwav.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDWAV_H
+#define _WX_SNDWAV_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "sndwav.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/stream.h"
+#include "wx/datstrm.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
+
+//
+// WAVE codec
+//
+
+class wxSoundWave: public wxSoundFileStream {
+public:
+    wxSoundWave(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    wxSoundWave(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
+    ~wxSoundWave();
+    
+    bool CanRead();
+    wxString GetCodecName() const;
+    
+protected:
+    bool PrepareToPlay(); 
+    bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
+    bool FinishRecording();
+    bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
+    
+    wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+    
+    bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
+                         wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
+                         wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
+    bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
+                          wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
+                          wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
+    wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputPCM(wxDataOutputStream& data);
+    wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputG72X(wxDataOutputStream& data);
+
+protected:
+    off_t m_base_offset;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndwin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name: sndwin.h
+// Purpose:
+// Date: 08/11/1999
+// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
+// CVSID: $Id$
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _WX_SNDWIN_H
+#define _WX_SNDWIN_H
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
+
+typedef struct _wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal;
+typedef struct _wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader;
+
+// class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundInternal;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamWin : public wxSoundStream {
+ public:
+  wxSoundStreamWin();
+  ~wxSoundStreamWin();
+
+  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
+  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len); 
+
+  bool SetSoundFormat(wxSoundFormatBase& base);
+
+  bool StartProduction(int evt);
+  bool StopProduction();
+
+  bool QueueFilled() const;
+
+  // Internal but defined as public
+  void NotifyDoneBuffer(wxUint32 dev_handle, int flag);
+
+  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 4096; }
+
+ protected:
+  wxSoundInternal *m_internal;
+  wxUint32 m_current_frag_in, m_current_frag_out;
+  wxUint32 m_input_frag_in, m_output_frag_out;
+  wxSoundInfoHeader **m_headers_play, **m_headers_rec;
+
+  bool m_production_started, m_queue_filled, m_waiting_for;
+
+ protected:
+  void CreateSndWindow();
+  void DestroySndWindow();
+  bool OpenDevice(int mode);
+  void CloseDevice();
+
+  wxSoundInfoHeader *AllocHeader(int mode);
+  void FreeHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *header, int mode);
+  bool AllocHeaders(int mode);
+  void FreeHeaders(int mode);
+
+  void WaitFor(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
+  bool AddToQueue(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
+  void ClearHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
+
+  wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentOutput();
+  wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentInput();
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidbase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:       vidbase.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    1997
+// Updated:    1998
+// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
+// CVS:	       $Id$
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
+#ifndef __VID_bdrv_H__
+#define __VID_bdrv_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "vidbase.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+    #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
+// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/defs.h"
+    #include "wx/stream.h"
+    #include "wx/string.h"
+    #include "wx/window.h"
+    #include "wx/frame.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMMedia2 (video) types
+
+typedef enum {
+  wxVIDEO_MSAVI,
+  wxVIDEO_MPEG,
+  wxVIDEO_QT,
+  wxVIDEO_GIF,
+  wxVIDEO_JMOV,
+  wxVIDEO_FLI,
+  wxVIDEO_IFF,
+  wxVIDEO_SGI,
+  wxVIDEO_MPEG2
+} wxVideoType;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Classes definition
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoBaseDriver : public wxObject {
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVideoBaseDriver)
+protected:
+    wxWindow *m_video_output;
+public:
+    // Ctors
+    wxVideoBaseDriver();
+    wxVideoBaseDriver(wxInputStream& str);
+    wxVideoBaseDriver(const wxString& filename);
+    // Dtor
+    virtual ~wxVideoBaseDriver();
+    
+    // Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
+    virtual bool Play() = 0;
+    virtual bool Stop() = 0;
+    virtual bool Pause() = 0;
+    virtual bool Resume() = 0;
+    
+    // Size management
+    virtual bool SetSize(wxSize size) = 0;
+    virtual bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const = 0;
+    
+    // Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
+    virtual bool IsCapable(wxVideoType WXUNUSED(v_type)) const { return FALSE; }
+
+    // Return the video codec name
+    virtual wxString GetMovieCodec() const = 0;
+    // Return the audio codec name
+    virtual wxString GetAudioCodec() const = 0;
+    // Return misc info about audio
+    virtual wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const = 0;
+    virtual wxUint8 GetChannels() const = 0;
+    virtual wxUint8 GetBPS() const = 0;
+    // Return frame rate
+    virtual double GetFrameRate() const = 0;
+    // Return number of frames
+    virtual wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const = 0;
+    
+    // Called when the movie finished
+    virtual void OnFinished() {}
+    
+    // Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
+    virtual bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
+    virtual void DetachOutput();
+    
+    // They return the state of the movie.
+    virtual bool IsPaused() const = 0;
+    virtual bool IsStopped() const = 0;
+};
+
+WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame *wxVideoCreateFrame(wxVideoBaseDriver *vid_drv);
+
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidwin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Name:       vidwin.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    February 1998
+// Updated:
+// Copyright:  (C) 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef __VID_windows_H__
+#define __VID_windows_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "vidwin.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+    #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
+// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/string.h"
+    #include "wx/stream.h"
+    #include "wx/window.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMMedia2 headers
+
+#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// System headers and private types
+
+#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+
+typedef struct VIDW_Internal {
+    MCIDEVICEID m_dev_id;
+} wxVIDWinternal;
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class definition
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoWindows : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoWindows)
+protected:
+    struct VIDW_Internal *m_internal;
+    bool m_paused, m_stopped, m_remove_file;
+    wxString m_filename;
+    double m_frameRate;
+    wxUint8 m_bps;
+
+    void OpenFile();
+public:
+    wxVideoWindows(void);
+    wxVideoWindows(wxInputStream& str);
+    wxVideoWindows(const wxString& fname);
+    ~wxVideoWindows(void);
+
+    bool Play();
+    bool Stop();
+    bool Pause();
+    bool Resume();
+    
+    bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
+    bool SetSize(wxSize size);
+
+    // Return codec name for each stream.
+    wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
+    wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
+    // Return misc. info about audio
+    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
+    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
+    wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
+    // Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
+    double GetFrameRate() const;
+    // Return the total number of frames in the movie
+    wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
+    
+    bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type);
+    
+    bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
+    void DetachOutput(void);
+    
+    bool IsPaused() const;
+    bool IsStopped() const;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidxanm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:       vidxanm.h
+// Purpose:    wxMMedia
+// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
+// Created:    1997
+// Updated:    1998
+// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
+// License:    wxWindows license
+// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
+#ifndef __VID_xanim_H__
+#define __VID_xanim_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "vidxanm.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+    #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
+// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/defs.h"
+    #include "wx/string.h"
+    #include "wx/process.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// System dependent headers
+
+#if defined(WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL) && (defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__))
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMMedia2 headers
+
+#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Internal types
+
+#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
+typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
+    Display *xanim_dpy;
+    Window xanim_window;
+    Atom xanim_atom, xanim_ret;
+} wxXANIMinternal;
+
+#ifndef __XANIM_COMMAND__
+    #define __XANIM_COMMAND__ "/usr/X11R6/bin/xanim"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class definition
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoXANIM : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoXANIM)
+ protected:
+    // Remember the state of the subprocess
+    bool m_xanim_started, m_paused;
+    // Pure X11 variables
+    struct wxXANIMinternal *m_internal;
+    wxString m_filename;
+    wxProcess *m_xanim_detector;
+    // Remember to delete the temporary file when necessary
+    bool m_remove_file;
+    wxUint32 m_size[2];
+    wxUint32 m_sampleRate;
+    wxUint8 m_channels;
+    wxUint8 m_bps;
+    wxUint32 m_frames;
+    double m_frameRate;
+    wxString m_movieCodec, m_audioCodec;
+    
+ public:
+    wxVideoXANIM();
+    wxVideoXANIM(wxInputStream& str);
+    wxVideoXANIM(const wxString& filename);
+    ~wxVideoXANIM();
+    
+    bool Play();
+    bool Pause();
+    bool Resume();
+    bool Stop();
+    
+    bool SetVolume(wxUint8 vol);
+    bool SetSize(wxSize size);
+    bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
+
+    // Return the video codec name
+    wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
+    // Return the audio codec name
+    wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
+    // Return misc info about audio
+    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
+    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
+    wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
+    // Return frame rate
+    double GetFrameRate() const;
+    // Return number of frames in the movie
+    wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
+    
+    bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type) const;
+    
+    bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
+    void DetachOutput();
+    
+    bool IsPaused() const;
+    bool IsStopped() const;
+    
+    friend class wxVideoXANIMProcess;
+    
+protected:
+    // Start the subprocess with the right parameters
+    bool RestartXANIM();
+    // Send a command to the subprocess
+    bool SendCommand(const char *command,char **ret = NULL,
+                     wxUint32 *size = NULL);
+
+    // Collect informations from XAnim
+    bool CollectInfo();
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/ogl/basic.h

@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        basic.h
+// Purpose:     Basic OGL classes and definitions
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_BASIC_H_
+#define _OGL_BASIC_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "basic.h"
+#endif
+
+#define OGL_VERSION     2.0
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE
+#define DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE 3
+#endif
+
+// Edit these lines if you positively don't want PROLOGIO support
+#ifndef PROLOGIO
+#define PROLOGIO
+#endif
+
+// Key identifiers
+#define KEY_SHIFT 1
+#define KEY_CTRL  2
+
+// Arrow styles
+
+#define ARROW_NONE         0
+#define ARROW_END          1
+#define ARROW_BOTH         2
+#define ARROW_MIDDLE       3
+#define ARROW_START        4
+
+// Control point types
+// Rectangle and most other shapes
+#define CONTROL_POINT_VERTICAL   1
+#define CONTROL_POINT_HORIZONTAL 2
+#define CONTROL_POINT_DIAGONAL   3
+
+// Line
+#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_TO 4
+#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_FROM 5
+#define CONTROL_POINT_LINE       6
+
+// Types of formatting: can be combined in a bit list
+#define FORMAT_NONE           0
+                                // Left justification
+#define FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ   1
+                                // Centre horizontally
+#define FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT    2
+                                // Centre vertically
+#define FORMAT_SIZE_TO_CONTENTS 4
+                                // Resize shape to contents
+
+// Shadow mode
+#define SHADOW_NONE           0
+#define SHADOW_LEFT           1
+#define SHADOW_RIGHT          2
+
+/*
+ * Declare types
+ *
+ */
+
+#define SHAPE_BASIC           wxTYPE_USER + 1
+#define SHAPE_RECTANGLE       wxTYPE_USER + 2
+#define SHAPE_ELLIPSE         wxTYPE_USER + 3
+#define SHAPE_POLYGON         wxTYPE_USER + 4
+#define SHAPE_CIRCLE          wxTYPE_USER + 5
+#define SHAPE_LINE            wxTYPE_USER + 6
+#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_RECTANGLE wxTYPE_USER + 8
+#define SHAPE_COMPOSITE       wxTYPE_USER + 9
+#define SHAPE_CONTROL_POINT   wxTYPE_USER + 10
+#define SHAPE_DRAWN           wxTYPE_USER + 11
+#define SHAPE_DIVISION        wxTYPE_USER + 12
+#define SHAPE_LABEL_OBJECT    wxTYPE_USER + 13
+#define SHAPE_BITMAP          wxTYPE_USER + 14
+#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_OBJECT_CONTROL_POINT   wxTYPE_USER + 15
+
+#define OBJECT_REGION         wxTYPE_USER + 20
+
+#define OP_CLICK_LEFT  1
+#define OP_CLICK_RIGHT 2
+#define OP_DRAG_LEFT 4
+#define OP_DRAG_RIGHT 8
+
+#define OP_ALL (OP_CLICK_LEFT | OP_CLICK_RIGHT | OP_DRAG_LEFT | OP_DRAG_RIGHT)
+
+// Attachment modes
+#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_NONE        0
+#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_EDGE        1
+#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_BRANCHING   2
+
+// Sub-modes for branching attachment mode
+#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_NORMAL 1
+#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_BLOB   2
+
+class wxShapeTextLine;
+class wxShapeCanvas;
+class wxLineShape;
+class wxControlPoint;
+class wxShapeRegion;
+class wxShape;
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxExpr;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxExprDatabase;
+#endif
+
+// Round up
+#define WXROUND(x) ( (long) (x + 0.5) )
+
+
+// logical function to use when drawing rubberband boxes, etc.
+#define OGLRBLF         wxINVERT
+
+
+
+class wxShapeEvtHandler: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeEvtHandler)
+
+ public:
+  wxShapeEvtHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *prev = NULL, wxShape *shape = NULL);
+  virtual ~wxShapeEvtHandler();
+
+  inline void SetShape(wxShape *sh) { m_handlerShape = sh; }
+  inline wxShape *GetShape() const { return m_handlerShape; }
+
+  inline void SetPreviousHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler* handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; }
+  inline wxShapeEvtHandler* GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; }
+
+  // This is called when the _shape_ is deleted.
+  virtual void OnDelete();
+  virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
+  virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
+  virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
+  virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
+
+  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
+  virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
+
+  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
+  // to override sizing behaviour.
+  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
+  virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
+
+  // Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
+  virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
+
+  // Creates a copy of this event handler.
+  wxShapeEvtHandler *CreateNewCopy();
+
+  // Does the copy - override for new event handlers which might store
+  // app-specific data.
+  virtual void CopyData(wxShapeEvtHandler& copy) {};
+
+ private:
+  wxShapeEvtHandler*    m_previousHandler;
+  wxShape*              m_handlerShape;
+};
+
+class wxShape: public wxShapeEvtHandler
+{
+ DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxShape)
+
+ public:
+
+  wxShape(wxShapeCanvas *can = NULL);
+  virtual ~wxShape();
+  virtual void GetBoundingBoxMax(double *width, double *height);
+  virtual void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *width, double *height) = 0;
+  virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                 double x2, double y2,
+                                 double *x3, double *y3);
+  inline wxShapeCanvas *GetCanvas() { return m_canvas; }
+  void SetCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
+  virtual void AddToCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
+  virtual void InsertInCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
+
+  virtual void RemoveFromCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
+  inline double GetX() const { return m_xpos; }
+  inline double GetY() const { return m_ypos; }
+  inline void SetX(double x) { m_xpos = x; }
+  inline void SetY(double y) { m_ypos = y; }
+
+  inline wxShape *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
+  inline void SetParent(wxShape *p) { m_parent = p; }
+  wxShape *GetTopAncestor();
+  inline wxList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
+
+  virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void Unlink() { };
+  void SetDrawHandles(bool drawH);
+  inline bool GetDrawHandles() { return m_drawHandles; }
+  virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0) {}
+  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
+  virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
+  virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
+
+  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
+  virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+
+  virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
+  virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
+
+  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
+  // to override sizing behaviour.
+  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  virtual void MakeControlPoints();
+  virtual void DeleteControlPoints(wxDC *dc = NULL);
+  virtual void ResetControlPoints();
+
+  inline wxShapeEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() { return m_eventHandler; }
+  inline void SetEventHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
+
+  // Mandatory control points, e.g. the divided line moving handles
+  // should appear even if a child of the 'selected' image
+  virtual void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
+  virtual void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
+
+  inline virtual bool Recompute() { return TRUE; };
+  // Calculate size recursively, if size changes. Size might depend on children.
+  inline virtual void CalculateSize() { };
+  virtual void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
+  virtual void SetHighlight(bool hi = TRUE, bool recurse = FALSE);
+  inline virtual bool IsHighlighted() const { return m_highlighted; };
+  virtual bool Selected() const;
+  virtual bool AncestorSelected() const;
+  void SetSensitivityFilter(int sens = OP_ALL, bool recursive = FALSE);
+  int GetSensitivityFilter() const { return m_sensitivity; }
+  void SetDraggable(bool drag, bool recursive = FALSE);
+  inline  void SetFixedSize(bool x, bool y) { m_fixedWidth = x; m_fixedHeight = y; };
+  inline  void GetFixedSize(bool *x, bool *y) const { *x = m_fixedWidth; *y = m_fixedHeight; };
+  inline  bool GetFixedWidth() const { return m_fixedWidth; }
+  inline  bool GetFixedHeight() const { return m_fixedHeight; }
+  inline  void SetSpaceAttachments(bool sp) { m_spaceAttachments = sp; };
+  inline  bool GetSpaceAttachments() const { return m_spaceAttachments; };
+  void SetShadowMode(int mode, bool redraw = FALSE);
+  inline int GetShadowMode() const { return m_shadowMode; }
+  virtual bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
+  inline void SetCentreResize(bool cr) { m_centreResize = cr; }
+  inline bool GetCentreResize() const { return m_centreResize; }
+  inline void SetMaintainAspectRatio(bool ar) { m_maintainAspectRatio = ar; }
+  inline bool GetMaintainAspectRatio() const { return m_maintainAspectRatio; }
+  inline wxList& GetLines() const { return (wxList&) m_lines; }
+  inline void SetDisableLabel(bool flag) { m_disableLabel = flag; }
+  inline bool GetDisableLabel() const { return m_disableLabel; }
+  inline void SetAttachmentMode(int mode) { m_attachmentMode = mode; }
+  inline int GetAttachmentMode() const { return m_attachmentMode; }
+  inline void SetId(long i) { m_id = i; }
+  inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
+
+  void SetPen(wxPen *pen);
+  void SetBrush(wxBrush *brush);
+  inline void SetClientData(wxObject *client_data) { m_clientData = client_data; };
+  inline wxObject *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; };
+
+  virtual void Show(bool show);
+  virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_visible; }
+  virtual void Move(wxDC& dc, double x1, double y1, bool display = TRUE);
+  virtual void Erase(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void EraseContents(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void Flash();
+  virtual void MoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual void DrawContents(wxDC& dc);  // E.g. for drawing text label
+  virtual void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
+  virtual void SetAttachmentSize(double x, double y);
+  void Attach(wxShapeCanvas *can);
+  void Detach();
+
+  inline virtual bool Constrain() { return FALSE; } ;
+
+  void AddLine(wxLineShape *line, wxShape *other,
+               int attachFrom = 0, int attachTo = 0,
+               // The line ordering
+               int positionFrom = -1, int positionTo = -1);
+
+  // Return the zero-based position in m_lines of line.
+  int GetLinePosition(wxLineShape* line);
+
+  void AddText(const wxString& string);
+
+  inline wxPen *GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
+  inline wxBrush *GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
+
+  /*
+   * Region-specific functions (defaults to the default region
+   * for simple objects
+   */
+
+  // Set the default, single region size to be consistent
+  // with the object size
+  void SetDefaultRegionSize();
+  virtual void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
+  virtual void SetFormatMode(int mode, int regionId = 0);
+  virtual int GetFormatMode(int regionId = 0) const;
+  virtual void SetFont(wxFont *font, int regionId = 0);
+  virtual wxFont *GetFont(int regionId = 0) const;
+  virtual void SetTextColour(const wxString& colour, int regionId = 0);
+  virtual wxString GetTextColour(int regionId = 0) const;
+  virtual inline int GetNumberOfTextRegions() const { return m_regions.Number(); }
+  virtual void SetRegionName(const wxString& name, int regionId = 0);
+
+  // Get the name representing the region for this image alone.
+  // I.e. this image's region ids go from 0 to N-1.
+  // But the names might be "0.2.0", "0.2.1" etc. depending on position in composite.
+  // So the last digit represents the region Id, the others represent positions
+  // in composites.
+  virtual wxString GetRegionName(int regionId);
+
+  // Gets the region corresponding to the name, or -1 if not found.
+  virtual int GetRegionId(const wxString& name);
+
+  // Construct names for regions, unique even for children of a composite.
+  virtual void NameRegions(const wxString& parentName = "");
+
+  // Get list of regions
+  inline wxList& GetRegions() const { return (wxList&) m_regions; }
+
+  virtual void AddRegion(wxShapeRegion *region);
+
+  virtual void ClearRegions();
+
+  // Assign new ids to this image and children (if composite)
+  void AssignNewIds();
+
+  // Returns actual image (same as 'this' if non-composite) and region id
+  // for given region name.
+  virtual wxShape *FindRegion(const wxString& regionName, int *regionId);
+
+  // Finds all region names for this image (composite or simple).
+  // Supply empty string list.
+  virtual void FindRegionNames(wxStringList& list);
+
+  virtual void ClearText(int regionId = 0);
+  void RemoveLine(wxLineShape *line);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  // I/O
+  virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+
+  // In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
+  inline virtual void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *WXUNUSED(clause), wxExprDatabase *WXUNUSED(database)) { };
+  virtual void WriteRegions(wxExpr *clause);
+  virtual void ReadRegions(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  // Attachment code
+  virtual bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+  virtual int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+  virtual bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment) const;
+
+  // Only get the attachment position at the _edge_ of the shape, ignoring
+  // branching mode. This is used e.g. to indicate the edge of interest, not the point
+  // on the attachment branch.
+  virtual bool GetAttachmentPositionEdge(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+
+  // Assuming the attachment lies along a vertical or horizontal line,
+  // calculate the position on that point.
+  virtual wxRealPoint CalcSimpleAttachment(const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2,
+    int nth, int noArcs, wxLineShape* line);
+
+  // Returns TRUE if pt1 <= pt2 in the sense that one point comes before another on an
+  // edge of the shape.
+  // attachmentPoint is the attachment point (= side) in question.
+  virtual bool AttachmentSortTest(int attachmentPoint, const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2);
+
+  virtual void EraseLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
+  virtual void DrawLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
+
+  virtual bool MoveLineToNewAttachment(wxDC& dc, wxLineShape *to_move,
+                                       double x, double y);
+
+  // Reorders the lines coming into the node image at this attachment
+  // position, in the order in which they appear in linesToSort.
+  virtual void SortLines(int attachment, wxList& linesToSort);
+
+  // Apply an attachment ordering change
+  void ApplyAttachmentOrdering(wxList& ordering);
+
+  // Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
+  virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
+
+  //// New banching attachment code, 24/9/98
+
+  //
+  //             |________|
+  //                 | <- root
+  //                 | <- neck
+  // shoulder1 ->---------<- shoulder2
+  //             | | | | |<- stem
+  //                      <- branching attachment point N-1
+
+  // This function gets the root point at the given attachment.
+  virtual wxRealPoint GetBranchingAttachmentRoot(int attachment);
+
+  // This function gets information about where branching connections go (calls GetBranchingAttachmentRoot)
+  virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentInfo(int attachment, wxRealPoint& root, wxRealPoint& neck,
+    wxRealPoint& shoulder1, wxRealPoint& shoulder2);
+
+  // n is the number of the adjoining line, from 0 to N-1 where N is the number of lines
+  // at this attachment point.
+  // attachmentPoint is where the arc meets the stem, and stemPoint is where the stem meets the
+  // shoulder.
+  virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentPoint(int attachment, int n, wxRealPoint& attachmentPoint,
+    wxRealPoint& stemPoint);
+
+  // Get the number of lines at this attachment position.
+  virtual int GetAttachmentLineCount(int attachment) const;
+
+  // Draw the branches (not the actual arcs though)
+  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, int attachment, bool erase = FALSE);
+  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
+
+  // Branching attachment settings
+  inline void SetBranchNeckLength(int len) { m_branchNeckLength = len; }
+  inline int GetBranchNeckLength() const { return m_branchNeckLength; }
+
+  inline void SetBranchStemLength(int len) { m_branchStemLength = len; }
+  inline int GetBranchStemLength() const { return m_branchStemLength; }
+
+  inline void SetBranchSpacing(int len) { m_branchSpacing = len; }
+  inline int GetBranchSpacing() const { return m_branchSpacing; }
+
+  // Further detail on branching style, e.g. blobs on interconnections
+  inline void SetBranchStyle(long style) { m_branchStyle = style; }
+  inline long GetBranchStyle() const { return m_branchStyle; }
+
+  // Rotate the standard attachment point from physical (0 is always North)
+  // to logical (0 -> 1 if rotated by 90 degrees)
+  virtual int PhysicalToLogicalAttachment(int physicalAttachment) const;
+
+  // Rotate the standard attachment point from logical
+  // to physical (0 is always North)
+  virtual int LogicalToPhysicalAttachment(int logicalAttachment) const;
+
+  // This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
+  // For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
+  // dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
+  virtual bool Draggable() const { return TRUE; }
+
+  // Returns TRUE if image is a descendant of this image
+  bool HasDescendant(wxShape *image);
+
+  // Creates a copy of this shape.
+  wxShape *CreateNewCopy(bool resetMapping = TRUE, bool recompute = TRUE);
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  virtual void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  // Does the copying for this object, including copying event
+  // handler data if any. Calls the virtual Copy function.
+  void CopyWithHandler(wxShape& copy);
+
+  // Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians.
+  virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
+  virtual inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
+
+  void ClearAttachments();
+
+  // Recentres all the text regions for this object
+  void Recentre(wxDC& dc);
+
+  // Clears points from a list of wxRealPoints
+  void ClearPointList(wxList& list);
+
+ private:
+  wxObject*             m_clientData;
+
+ protected:
+  wxShapeEvtHandler*    m_eventHandler;
+  bool                  m_formatted;
+  double                m_xpos, m_ypos;
+  wxPen*                m_pen;
+  wxBrush*              m_brush;
+  wxFont*               m_font;
+  wxColour*             m_textColour;
+  wxString              m_textColourName;
+  wxShapeCanvas*        m_canvas;
+  wxList                m_lines;
+  wxList                m_text;
+  wxList                m_controlPoints;
+  wxList                m_regions;
+  wxList                m_attachmentPoints;
+  bool                  m_visible;
+  bool                  m_disableLabel;
+  long                  m_id;
+  bool                  m_selected;
+  bool                  m_highlighted;      // Different from selected: user-defined highlighting,
+                                            // e.g. thick border.
+  double                m_rotation;
+  int                   m_sensitivity;
+  bool                  m_draggable;
+  int                   m_attachmentMode;   // 0 for no attachments, 1 if using normal attachments,
+                                            // 2 for branching attachments
+  bool                  m_spaceAttachments; // TRUE if lines at one side should be spaced
+  bool                  m_fixedWidth;
+  bool                  m_fixedHeight;
+  bool                  m_centreResize;    // Default is to resize keeping the centre constant (TRUE)
+  bool                  m_drawHandles;     // Don't draw handles if FALSE, usually TRUE
+  wxList                m_children;      // In case it's composite
+  wxShape*              m_parent;      // In case it's a child
+  int                   m_formatMode;
+  int                   m_shadowMode;
+  wxBrush*              m_shadowBrush;
+  int                   m_shadowOffsetX;
+  int                   m_shadowOffsetY;
+  int                   m_textMarginX;    // Gap between text and border
+  int                   m_textMarginY;
+  wxString              m_regionName;
+  bool                  m_maintainAspectRatio;
+  int                   m_branchNeckLength;
+  int                   m_branchStemLength;
+  int                   m_branchSpacing;
+  long                  m_branchStyle;
+};
+
+class wxPolygonShape: public wxShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonShape)
+ public:
+  wxPolygonShape();
+  ~wxPolygonShape();
+
+  // Takes a list of wxRealPoints; each point is an OFFSET from the centre.
+  // Deletes user's points in destructor.
+  virtual void Create(wxList *points);
+  virtual void ClearPoints();
+
+  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
+  void CalculateBoundingBox();
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                 double x2, double y2,
+                                 double *x3, double *y3);
+  bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
+  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
+
+  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
+  // to override sizing behaviour.
+  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  // A polygon should have a control point at each vertex,
+  // with the option of moving the control points individually
+  // to change the shape.
+  void MakeControlPoints();
+  void ResetControlPoints();
+
+  // If we've changed the shape, must make the original
+  // points match the working points
+  void UpdateOriginalPoints();
+
+  // Add a control point after the given point
+  virtual void AddPolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
+
+  // Delete a control point
+  virtual void DeletePolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
+
+  // Recalculates the centre of the polygon
+  virtual void CalculatePolygonCentre();
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+  bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  inline wxList *GetPoints() { return m_points; }
+
+  // Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians
+  virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
+
+ private:
+  wxList*       m_points;
+  wxList*       m_originalPoints;
+  double        m_boundWidth;
+  double        m_boundHeight;
+  double        m_originalWidth;
+  double        m_originalHeight;
+};
+
+class wxRectangleShape: public wxShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRectangleShape)
+ public:
+  wxRectangleShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
+  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                 double x2, double y2,
+                                 double *x3, double *y3);
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
+  void SetCornerRadius(double rad); // If > 0, rounded corners
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
+  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
+  inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
+  inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
+
+protected:
+  double m_width;
+  double m_height;
+  double m_cornerRadius;
+};
+
+class wxTextShape: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextShape)
+ public:
+  wxTextShape(double width = 0.0, double height = 0.0);
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+};
+
+class wxEllipseShape: public wxShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEllipseShape)
+ public:
+  wxEllipseShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
+
+  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                 double x2, double y2,
+                                 double *x3, double *y3);
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
+  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
+
+  inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
+  inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
+
+protected:
+  double m_width;
+  double m_height;
+};
+
+class wxCircleShape: public wxEllipseShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCircleShape)
+ public:
+  wxCircleShape(double w = 0.0);
+
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                 double x2, double y2,
+                                 double *x3, double *y3);
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _OGL_BASIC_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/basicp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        basicp.h
+// Purpose:     Private OGL classes and definitions
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_BASICP_H_
+#define _OGL_BASICP_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "basicp.h"
+#endif
+
+#define CONTROL_POINT_SIZE       6
+
+class wxShapeTextLine: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeTextLine)
+public:
+   wxShapeTextLine(double the_x = 0.0, double the_y = 0.0, const wxString& the_line = "");
+   ~wxShapeTextLine();
+
+   inline double GetX() const { return m_x; }
+   inline double GetY() const { return m_y; }
+
+   inline void SetX(double x) { m_x = x; }
+   inline void SetY(double y) { m_y = y; }
+
+   inline void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_line = text; }
+   inline wxString GetText() const { return m_line; }
+
+protected:
+   wxString     m_line;
+   double        m_x;
+   double        m_y;
+};
+
+class wxShape;
+class wxControlPoint: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControlPoint)
+
+ friend class wxShapeEvtHandler;
+ friend class wxShape;
+
+ public:
+  wxControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, double the_xoffset = 0.0,
+    double the_yoffset = 0.0, int the_type = 0);
+  ~wxControlPoint();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+
+  inline void SetEraseObject(bool er) { m_eraseObject = er; }
+
+public:
+  int           m_type;
+  double         m_xoffset;
+  double         m_yoffset;
+  wxShape*      m_shape;
+  wxCursor*     m_oldCursor;
+  bool          m_eraseObject; // If TRUE, erases object before dragging handle.
+
+/*
+ * Store original top-left, bottom-right coordinates
+ * in case we're doing non-vertical resizing.
+ */
+  static double sm_controlPointDragStartX;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragStartY;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragStartWidth;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragStartHeight;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragEndWidth;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragEndHeight;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragPosX;
+  static double sm_controlPointDragPosY;
+};
+
+class wxPolygonShape;
+class wxPolygonControlPoint: public wxControlPoint
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonControlPoint)
+  friend class wxPolygonShape;
+ public:
+  wxPolygonControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, wxRealPoint *vertex = NULL,
+    double the_xoffset = 0.0, double the_yoffset = 0.0);
+  ~wxPolygonControlPoint();
+
+  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  // Calculate what new size would be, at end of resize
+  virtual void CalculateNewSize(double x, double y);
+
+  // Get new size
+  inline wxRealPoint GetNewSize() const { return m_newSize; };
+
+public:
+  wxRealPoint*      m_polygonVertex;
+  wxRealPoint       m_originalSize;
+  double             m_originalDistance;
+  wxRealPoint       m_newSize;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Object regions.
+ * Every shape has one or more text regions with various
+ * properties. Not all of a region's properties will be used
+ * by a shape.
+ *
+ */
+
+class wxShapeRegion: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeRegion)
+
+ public:
+  // Constructor
+  wxShapeRegion();
+  // Copy constructor
+  wxShapeRegion(wxShapeRegion& region);
+  // Destructor
+  ~wxShapeRegion();
+
+  // Accessors
+  inline void SetText(const wxString& s) { m_regionText = s; }
+  void SetFont(wxFont *f);
+  void SetMinSize(double w, double h);
+  void SetSize(double w, double h);
+  void SetPosition(double x, double y);
+  void SetProportions(double x, double y);
+  void SetFormatMode(int mode);
+  inline void SetName(const wxString& s) { m_regionName = s; };
+  void SetColour(const wxString& col); // Text colour
+
+  inline wxString GetText() const { return m_regionText; }
+  inline wxFont *GetFont() const { return m_font; }
+  inline void GetMinSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_minWidth; *y = m_minHeight; }
+  inline void GetProportion(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_regionProportionX; *y = m_regionProportionY; }
+  inline void GetSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_width; *y = m_height; }
+  inline void GetPosition(double *xp, double *yp) const { *xp = m_x; *yp = m_y; }
+  inline int GetFormatMode() const { return m_formatMode; }
+  inline wxString GetName() const { return m_regionName; }
+  inline wxString GetColour() const { return m_textColour; }
+  wxColour *GetActualColourObject();
+  inline wxList& GetFormattedText() { return m_formattedText; }
+  inline wxString GetPenColour() const { return m_penColour; }
+  inline int GetPenStyle() const { return m_penStyle; }
+  inline void SetPenStyle(int style) { m_penStyle = style; m_actualPenObject = NULL; }
+  void SetPenColour(const wxString& col);
+  wxPen *GetActualPen();
+  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
+  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
+
+  void ClearText();
+
+public:
+  wxString              m_regionText;
+  wxList                m_formattedText;   // List of wxShapeTextLines
+  wxFont*               m_font;
+  double                 m_minHeight;        // If zero, hide region.
+  double                 m_minWidth;        // If zero, hide region.
+  double                 m_width;
+  double                 m_height;
+  double                 m_x;
+  double                 m_y;
+
+  double                 m_regionProportionX; // Proportion of total object size;
+                                             // -1.0 indicates equal proportion
+  double                 m_regionProportionY; // Proportion of total object size;
+                                             // -1.0 indicates equal proportion
+
+  int                   m_formatMode;        // FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ | FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT | FORMAT_NONE
+  wxString              m_regionName;
+  wxString              m_textColour;
+  wxColour*             m_actualColourObject; // For speed purposes
+
+  // New members for specifying divided rectangle division colour/style 30/6/94
+  wxString              m_penColour;
+  int                   m_penStyle;
+  wxPen*                m_actualPenObject;
+
+};
+
+/*
+ * User-defined attachment point
+ */
+
+class wxAttachmentPoint: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAttachmentPoint)
+
+public:
+  inline wxAttachmentPoint()
+  {
+    m_id = 0; m_x = 0.0; m_y = 0.0;
+  }
+  inline wxAttachmentPoint(int id, double x, double y)
+  {
+    m_id = id; m_x = x; m_y = y;
+  }
+
+public:
+  int            m_id;           // Identifier
+  double         m_x;            // x offset from centre of object
+  double         m_y;            // y offset from centre of object
+};
+
+#endif
+  // _OGL_BASICP_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/bmpshape.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        bmpshape.h
+// Purpose:     wxBitmapShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_BITMAP_H_
+#define _OGL_BITMAP_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "bmpshape.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
+
+class wxBitmapShape: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapShape)
+ public:
+  wxBitmapShape();
+  ~wxBitmapShape();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  // I/O
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
+  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_bitmap; }
+  void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bm);
+  inline void SetFilename(const wxString& f) { m_filename = f; };
+  inline wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
+
+private:
+  wxBitmap      m_bitmap;
+  wxString      m_filename;
+};
+
+#endif
+  // _OGL_BITMAP_H_
+
+

contrib/include/wx/ogl/canvas.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        canvas.h
+// Purpose:     wxShapeCanvas
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_CANVAS_H_
+#define _OGL_CANVAS_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "canvas.h"
+#endif
+
+// Drag states
+#define NoDragging             0
+#define StartDraggingLeft      1
+#define ContinueDraggingLeft   2
+#define StartDraggingRight     3
+#define ContinueDraggingRight  4
+
+// When drag_count reaches 0, process drag message
+
+class wxDiagram;
+
+class wxShapeCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeCanvas)
+ public:
+  wxShapeCanvas(wxWindow *parent = NULL, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+               long style = wxBORDER | wxRETAINED);
+  ~wxShapeCanvas();
+
+  inline void SetDiagram(wxDiagram *diag) { m_shapeDiagram = diag; }
+  inline wxDiagram *GetDiagram() const { return m_shapeDiagram; }
+
+  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
+  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
+
+  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
+
+  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
+  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
+  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
+
+  // Find object for mouse click, of given wxClassInfo (NULL for any type).
+  // If notImage is non-NULL, don't find an object that is equal to or a descendant of notImage
+  virtual wxShape *FindShape(double x, double y, int *attachment, wxClassInfo *info = NULL, wxShape *notImage = NULL);
+  wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape(double x, double y, int *new_attachment, int op);
+  wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape1(wxShape *image, int op);
+  
+  // Redirect to wxDiagram object
+  virtual void AddShape(wxShape *object, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
+  virtual void InsertShape(wxShape *object);
+  virtual void RemoveShape(wxShape *object);
+  virtual bool GetQuickEditMode();
+  virtual void Redraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void Snap(double *x, double *y);
+
+  // Events
+  void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
+  void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
+
+ protected:
+  wxDiagram*        m_shapeDiagram;
+  int               m_dragState;
+  double             m_oldDragX, m_oldDragY;     // Previous drag coordinates
+  double             m_firstDragX, m_firstDragY; // INITIAL drag coordinates
+  bool              m_checkTolerance;           // Whether to check drag tolerance
+  wxShape*          m_draggedShape;
+  int               m_draggedAttachment;
+
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _OGL_CANVAS_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/composit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        composit.h
+// Purpose:     wxCompositeShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
+#define _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "composit.h"
+#endif
+
+class wxDivisionShape;
+class wxOGLConstraint;
+
+/*
+ * A composite object is an invisible rectangle surrounding all children
+ *
+ */
+
+class wxCompositeShape: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCompositeShape)
+public:
+
+  wxCompositeShape();
+  ~wxCompositeShape();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
+  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
+  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+
+  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+
+  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
+
+  // Returns TRUE if it settled down
+  bool Recompute();
+
+  // New members
+  void AddChild(wxShape *child, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
+  void RemoveChild(wxShape *child);
+
+  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
+  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
+  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxShape *constrained);
+
+  void DeleteConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
+
+  // Delete constraints that involve this child.
+  void DeleteConstraintsInvolvingChild(wxShape *child);
+
+  // Remove the image from any constraints involving it, but DON'T
+  // remove any constraints.
+  void RemoveChildFromConstraints(wxShape *child);
+
+  // Find constraint, also returning actual composite the constraint was in,
+  // in case it had to find it recursively.
+  wxOGLConstraint *FindConstraint(long id, wxCompositeShape **actualComposite = NULL);
+
+  // Returns TRUE if something changed
+  bool Constrain();
+
+  // Make this composite into a container by creating one wxDivisionShape
+  void MakeContainer();
+
+  // Calculates size and position of composite object based on children
+  void CalculateSize();
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  // In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
+  void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *clause, wxExprDatabase *database);
+#endif
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  virtual wxDivisionShape *OnCreateDivision();
+
+  // Finds the image used to visualize a container. This is any child
+  // of the composite that is not in the divisions list.
+  wxShape *FindContainerImage();
+
+  // Returns TRUE if division is a descendant of this container
+  bool ContainsDivision(wxDivisionShape *division);
+
+  inline wxList& GetDivisions() const { return (wxList&) m_divisions; }
+  inline wxList& GetConstraints() const { return (wxList&) m_constraints; }
+
+protected:
+  double             m_oldX;
+  double             m_oldY;
+  wxList            m_constraints;
+  wxList            m_divisions; // In case it's a container
+};
+
+/*
+ * A division object is a composite with special properties,
+ * to be used for containment. It's a subdivision of a container.
+ * A containing node image consists of a composite with a main child shape
+ * such as rounded rectangle, plus a list of division objects.
+ * It needs to be a composite because a division contains pieces
+ * of diagram.
+ * NOTE a container has at least one wxDivisionShape for consistency.
+ * This can be subdivided, so it turns into two objects, then each of
+ * these can be subdivided, etc.
+ */
+#define DIVISION_SIDE_NONE      0
+#define DIVISION_SIDE_LEFT      1
+#define DIVISION_SIDE_TOP       2
+#define DIVISION_SIDE_RIGHT     3
+#define DIVISION_SIDE_BOTTOM    4
+
+class wxDivisionShape: public wxCompositeShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDivisionShape)
+ public:
+
+  wxDivisionShape();
+  ~wxDivisionShape();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
+  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
+
+  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  // Don't want this kind of composite to resize its subdiagrams, so
+  // override composite's SetSize.
+  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
+
+  // Similarly for calculating size: it's fixed at whatever SetSize
+  // set it to, not in terms of children.
+  void CalculateSize();
+
+  void MakeControlPoints();
+  void ResetControlPoints();
+  void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
+  void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  // Divide horizontally (wxHORIZONTAL) or vertically (wxVERTICAL)
+  bool Divide(int direction);
+
+  // Resize adjoining divisions at the given side. If test is TRUE,
+  // just see whether it's possible for each adjoining region,
+  // returning FALSE if it's not.
+  bool ResizeAdjoining(int side, double newPos, bool test);
+
+  // Adjust a side, returning FALSE if it's not physically possible.
+  bool AdjustLeft(double left, bool test);
+  bool AdjustTop(double top, bool test);
+  bool AdjustRight(double right, bool test);
+  bool AdjustBottom(double bottom, bool test);
+
+  // Edit style of left or top side
+  void EditEdge(int side);
+
+  // Popup menu
+  void PopupMenu(double x, double y);
+
+  inline void SetLeftSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_leftSide = shape; }
+  inline void SetTopSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_topSide = shape; }
+  inline void SetRightSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_rightSide = shape; }
+  inline void SetBottomSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_bottomSide = shape; }
+  inline wxDivisionShape *GetLeftSide() const { return m_leftSide; }
+  inline wxDivisionShape *GetTopSide() const { return m_topSide; }
+  inline wxDivisionShape *GetRightSide() const { return m_rightSide; }
+  inline wxDivisionShape *GetBottomSide() const { return m_bottomSide; }
+
+  inline void SetHandleSide(int side) { m_handleSide = side; }
+  inline int GetHandleSide() const { return m_handleSide; }
+
+  inline void SetLeftSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_leftSidePen = pen; }
+  inline wxPen *GetLeftSidePen() const { return m_leftSidePen; }
+  inline void SetTopSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_topSidePen = pen; }
+  inline wxPen *GetTopSidePen() const { return m_topSidePen; }
+
+  void SetLeftSideColour(const wxString& colour);
+  void SetTopSideColour(const wxString& colour);
+  void SetLeftSideStyle(const wxString& style);
+  void SetTopSideStyle(const wxString& style);
+
+  inline wxString GetLeftSideColour() const { return m_leftSideColour; }
+  inline wxString GetTopSideColour() const { return m_topSideColour; }
+  inline wxString GetLeftSideStyle() const { return m_leftSideStyle; }
+  inline wxString GetTopSideStyle() const { return m_topSideStyle; }
+
+ protected:
+  // Adjoining divisions. NULL indicates edge
+  // of container, and that side shouldn't be
+  // drawn.
+  wxDivisionShape*      m_leftSide;
+  wxDivisionShape*      m_rightSide;
+  wxDivisionShape*      m_topSide;
+  wxDivisionShape*      m_bottomSide;
+
+  int                   m_handleSide;       // Side at which handle is legal
+
+  wxPen*                m_leftSidePen;
+  wxPen*                m_topSidePen;
+  wxString              m_leftSideColour;
+  wxString              m_topSideColour;
+  wxString              m_leftSideStyle;
+  wxString              m_topSideStyle;
+};
+
+
+#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_HORIZONTALLY    1
+#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_VERTICALLY      2
+#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_LEFT_EDGE        3
+#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_TOP_EDGE         4
+#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_RIGHT_EDGE       5
+#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_BOTTOM_EDGE      6
+#define DIVISION_MENU_DELETE_ALL            7
+
+#endif
+ // _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/constrnt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        constrnt.h
+// Purpose:     OGL constraint definitions
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
+#define _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "constrnt.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * OGL Constraints
+ *
+ */
+
+class wxOGLConstraintType: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraintType)
+public:
+  wxOGLConstraintType(int type = 0, const wxString& name = "", const wxString& phrase = "");
+  ~wxOGLConstraintType();
+
+public:
+  int           m_type;     // E.g. gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY
+  wxString      m_name;     // E.g. "Centre vertically"
+  wxString      m_phrase;   // E.g. "centred vertically with respect to", "left of"
+
+};
+
+extern wxList* wxOGLConstraintTypes;
+
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY   1
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_HORIZONTALLY 2
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_BOTH         3
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_LEFT_OF              4
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_RIGHT_OF             5
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_ABOVE                6
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_BELOW                7
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_TOP          8
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_BOTTOM       9
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_LEFT         10
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_RIGHT        11
+
+// Like aligned, but with the objects centred on the respective edge
+// of the reference object.
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_TOP       12
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_BOTTOM    13
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_LEFT      14
+#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_RIGHT     15
+
+class wxOGLConstraint: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraint)
+ public:
+  wxOGLConstraint() { m_xSpacing = 0.0; m_ySpacing = 0.0; m_constraintType = 0; m_constraintName = ""; m_constraintId = 0;
+                        m_constrainingObject = NULL; }
+  wxOGLConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
+  ~wxOGLConstraint();
+
+  // Returns TRUE if anything changed
+  bool Evaluate();
+  inline void SetSpacing(double x, double y) { m_xSpacing = x; m_ySpacing = y; };
+  bool Equals(double a, double b);
+
+  double         m_xSpacing;
+  double         m_ySpacing;
+  int           m_constraintType;
+  wxString      m_constraintName;
+  long          m_constraintId;
+  wxShape*      m_constrainingObject;
+  wxList        m_constrainedObjects;
+
+};
+
+void OGLInitializeConstraintTypes();
+void OGLCleanUpConstraintTypes();
+
+#endif
+ // _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/divided.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        divided.h
+// Purpose:     wxDividedShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
+#define _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "basic.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Definition of a region
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Box divided into horizontal regions
+ *
+ */
+
+extern wxFont *g_oglNormalFont;
+class wxDividedShape: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDividedShape)
+
+ public:
+  wxDividedShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
+  ~wxDividedShape();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+
+  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
+
+  void MakeControlPoints();
+  void ResetControlPoints();
+
+  void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
+  void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  void Copy(wxShape &copy);
+
+  // Set all region sizes according to proportions and
+  // this object total size
+  void SetRegionSizes();
+
+  // Edit region colours/styles
+  void EditRegions();
+
+  // Attachment points correspond to regions in the divided box
+  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
+                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
+  bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
+  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
+
+  // Invoke editor on CTRL-right click
+  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
+

contrib/include/wx/ogl/drawn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        drawn.h
+// Purpose:     wxDrawnShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_DRAWN_H_
+#define _OGL_DRAWN_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "drawn.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
+
+#define oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE         1
+#define oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS     2
+
+class wxDrawnShape;
+class wxPseudoMetaFile: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPseudoMetaFile)
+ public:
+  wxPseudoMetaFile();
+  wxPseudoMetaFile(wxPseudoMetaFile& mf);
+  ~wxPseudoMetaFile();
+
+  void Draw(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
+#endif
+
+  void Clear();
+
+  void Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile& copy);
+
+  void Scale(double sx, double sy);
+  void ScaleTo(double w, double h); // Scale to fit size
+  void Translate(double x, double y);
+
+  // Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
+  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
+
+  bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename, double *width, double *height);
+
+  void GetBounds(double *minX, double *minY, double *maxX, double *maxY);
+
+  // Calculate size from current operations
+  void CalculateSize(wxDrawnShape* shape);
+
+  inline wxList& GetOutlineColours() const { return (wxList&) m_outlineColours; }
+  inline wxList& GetFillColours() const { return (wxList&) m_fillColours; }
+  inline void SetRotateable(bool rot) { m_rotateable = rot; }
+  inline bool GetRotateable() const { return m_rotateable; }
+
+  inline void SetSize(double w, double h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; }
+
+  inline void SetFillBrush(wxBrush* brush) { m_fillBrush = brush; }
+  inline wxBrush* GetFillBrush() const { return m_fillBrush; }
+
+  inline void SetOutlinePen(wxPen* pen) { m_outlinePen = pen; }
+  inline wxPen* GetOutlinePen() const { return m_outlinePen; }
+
+  inline void SetOutlineOp(int op) { m_outlineOp = op; }
+  inline int GetOutlineOp() const { return m_outlineOp; }
+
+  inline wxList& GetOps() const { return (wxList&) m_ops; }
+
+  // Is this a valid (non-empty) metafile?
+  inline bool IsValid() const { return (m_ops.Number() > 0); }
+
+public:
+  /// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
+  /// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
+  /// when scaling.
+
+  virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
+  virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
+  virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
+  virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
+  virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
+  virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
+  virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
+  // flags:
+  // oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE: will be used for drawing the outline and
+  //                       also drawing lines/arrows at the circumference.
+  // oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS: will be used for initialising attachment points at
+  //                       the vertices (perhaps a rare case...)
+  virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
+  virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
+
+  virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
+
+  virtual void SetPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE);     // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
+  virtual void SetBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE);  // pens/brushes etc.
+  virtual void SetFont(wxFont* font);
+  virtual void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
+  virtual void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
+  virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
+
+public:
+  bool              m_rotateable;
+  double            m_width;
+  double            m_height;
+  wxList            m_ops; // List of drawing operations (see drawnp.h)
+  wxList            m_gdiObjects; // List of pens, brushes and fonts for this object.
+  int               m_outlineOp;  // The op representing the outline, if any
+
+  // Pen/brush specifying outline/fill colours
+  // to override operations.
+  wxPen*            m_outlinePen;
+  wxBrush*          m_fillBrush;
+  wxList            m_outlineColours; // List of the GDI operations that comprise the outline
+  wxList            m_fillColours; // List of the GDI operations that fill the shape
+  double             m_currentRotation;
+};
+
+#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_0        0
+#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_90       1
+#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_180      2
+#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_270      3
+
+class wxDrawnShape: public wxRectangleShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDrawnShape)
+ public:
+  wxDrawnShape();
+  ~wxDrawnShape();
+
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  // I/O
+  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  void Scale(double sx, double sy);
+  void Translate(double x, double y);
+  // Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
+  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
+
+  // Get current rotation
+  inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
+
+  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
+  bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename);
+
+  inline void SetSaveToFile(bool save) { m_saveToFile = save; }
+  inline wxPseudoMetaFile& GetMetaFile(int which = 0) const { return (wxPseudoMetaFile&) m_metafiles[which]; }
+
+  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
+
+  // Get the perimeter point using the special outline op, if there is one,
+  // otherwise use default wxRectangleShape scheme
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                     double x2, double y2,
+                                     double *x3, double *y3);
+
+  /// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
+  /// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
+  /// when scaling.
+
+  virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
+  virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
+  virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
+  virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
+  virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
+  virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
+  virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
+  virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
+  virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
+
+  virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
+  virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
+
+  virtual void SetDrawnPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE);     // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
+  virtual void SetDrawnBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE);  // pens/brushes etc.
+  virtual void SetDrawnFont(wxFont* font);
+  virtual void SetDrawnTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
+  virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
+  virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundMode(int mode);
+
+  // Set the width/height according to the shapes in the metafile.
+  // Call this after drawing into the shape.
+  inline void CalculateSize() { m_metafiles[m_currentAngle].CalculateSize(this); }
+
+  inline void DrawAtAngle(int angle) { m_currentAngle = angle; };
+
+  inline int GetAngle() const { return m_currentAngle; }
+
+// Implementation
+protected:
+  // Which metafile do we use now? Based on current rotation and validity
+  // of metafiles.
+  int DetermineMetaFile(double rotation);
+
+private:
+  // One metafile for each 90 degree rotation (or just a single one).
+  wxPseudoMetaFile      m_metafiles[4];
+
+  // Don't save all wxDrawnShape metafiles to file: sometimes
+  // we take the metafile data from a symbol library.
+  bool                  m_saveToFile;
+
+  // Which angle are we using/drawing into?
+  int                   m_currentAngle;
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _DRAWN_H_
+

contrib/include/wx/ogl/drawnp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        drawnp.h
+// Purpose:     Private header for wxDrawnShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
+#define _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "drawnp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/ogl/drawn.h>
+
+/*
+ * Drawing operations
+ *
+ */
+ 
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_PEN             1
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_BRUSH           2
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_FONT            3
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_TEXT_COLOUR     4
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_BK_COLOUR       5
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_BK_MODE         6
+#define  DRAWOP_SET_CLIPPING_RECT   7
+#define  DRAWOP_DESTROY_CLIPPING_RECT 8
+
+/*
+#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_PEN          10
+#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_BRUSH        11
+#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_FONT         12
+*/
+
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_LINE           20
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYLINE       21
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYGON        22
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_RECT           23
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ROUNDED_RECT   24
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPSE        25
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POINT          26
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ARC            27
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_TEXT           28
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_SPLINE         29
+#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPTIC_ARC   30
+
+/*
+ * Base, virtual class
+ *
+ */
+ 
+class wxDrawOp: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+  inline wxDrawOp(int theOp) { m_op = theOp; }
+  inline ~wxDrawOp() {}
+  inline virtual void Scale(double xScale, double yScale) {};
+  inline virtual void Translate(double x, double y) {};
+  inline virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta) {};
+  virtual void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset) = 0;
+  virtual wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage) = 0;
+  virtual wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image) = 0;
+  virtual void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr) = 0;
+
+  inline int GetOp() const { return m_op; }
+
+  // Draw an outline using the current operation. By default, return FALSE (not drawn)
+  virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
+    double oldW, double oldH) { return FALSE; }
+
+  // Get the perimeter point using this data
+  virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                     double x2, double y2,
+                                     double *x3, double *y3,
+                                     double xOffset, double yOffset,
+                                     int attachmentMode)
+  { return FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+  int           m_op;
+
+};
+
+/*
+ * Set font, brush, text colour
+ *
+ */
+ 
+class wxOpSetGDI: public wxDrawOp
+{
+ public:
+  wxOpSetGDI(int theOp, wxPseudoMetaFile *theImage, int theGdiIndex, int theMode = 0);
+  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
+  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
+  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
+
+public:
+  int               m_mode;
+  int               m_gdiIndex;
+  wxPseudoMetaFile* m_image;
+  unsigned char     m_r;
+  unsigned char     m_g;
+  unsigned char     m_b;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Set/destroy clipping
+ *
+ */
+ 
+class wxOpSetClipping: public wxDrawOp
+{
+public:
+  wxOpSetClipping(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2);
+  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+  void Scale(double xScale, double yScale);
+  void Translate(double x, double y);
+  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
+  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
+  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
+
+public:
+  double     m_x1;
+  double     m_y1;
+  double     m_x2;
+  double     m_y2;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Draw line, rectangle, rounded rectangle, ellipse, point, arc, text
+ *
+ */
+ 
+class wxOpDraw: public wxDrawOp
+{
+ public:
+  wxOpDraw(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2,
+         double radius = 0.0, char *s = NULL);
+  ~wxOpDraw();
+  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+  void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
+  void Translate(double x, double y);
+  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
+  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
+  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
+  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
+
+public:
+  double     m_x1;
+  double     m_y1;
+  double     m_x2;
+  double     m_y2;
+  double     m_x3;
+  double     m_y3;
+  double     m_radius;
+  char*     m_textString;
+
+};
+
+/*
+ * Draw polyline, spline, polygon
+ *
+ */
+
+class wxOpPolyDraw: public wxDrawOp
+{
+public:
+  wxOpPolyDraw(int theOp, int n, wxRealPoint *thePoints);
+  ~wxOpPolyDraw();
+  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+  void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
+  void Translate(double x, double y);
+  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
+  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
+  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
+  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
+
+  // Draw an outline using the current operation.
+  virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
+    double oldW, double oldH);
+
+  // Get the perimeter point using this data
+  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
+                                     double x2, double y2,
+                                     double *x3, double *y3,
+                                     double xOffset, double yOffset,
+                                     int attachmentMode);
+
+public:
+  wxRealPoint*  m_points;
+  int           m_noPoints;
+  
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
+
+

contrib/include/wx/ogl/lines.h

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        lines.h
+// Purpose:     wxLineShape
+// Author:      Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     12/07/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _OGL_LINES_H_
+#define _OGL_LINES_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "lines.h"
+#endif
+
+class wxLabelShape;
+class wxPseudoMetaFile;
+class wxLineControlPoint;
+/*
+ * Arcs with multiple arrowheads
+ *
+ */
+
+// Types of arrowhead
+// (i) Built-in
+#define ARROW_HOLLOW_CIRCLE   1
+#define ARROW_FILLED_CIRCLE   2
+#define ARROW_ARROW           3
+#define ARROW_SINGLE_OBLIQUE  4
+#define ARROW_DOUBLE_OBLIQUE  5
+// (ii) Custom
+#define ARROW_METAFILE        20
+
+// Position of arrow on line
+#define ARROW_POSITION_START  0
+#define ARROW_POSITION_END    1
+#define ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE 2
+
+// Line alignment flags
+// Vertical by default
+#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_HORIZ              1
+#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_VERT               0
+#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_TO_NEXT_HANDLE     2
+#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_NONE               0
+
+class wxArrowHead: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArrowHead)
+
+ public:
+  wxArrowHead(WXTYPE type = 0, int end = 0, double size = 0.0, double dist = 0.0, const wxString& name = "", wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL,
+            long arrowId = -1);
+  ~wxArrowHead();
+  wxArrowHead(wxArrowHead& toCopy);
+
+  inline WXTYPE _GetType() const { return m_arrowType; }
+  inline int GetPosition() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
+  inline void SetPosition(int pos) { m_arrowEnd = pos; }
+  inline double GetXOffset() const { return m_xOffset; }
+  inline double GetYOffset() const { return m_yOffset; }
+  inline double GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; }
+  inline double GetSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
+  inline wxString GetName() const { return m_arrowName; }
+  inline void SetXOffset(double x) { m_xOffset = x; }
+  inline void SetYOffset(double y) { m_yOffset = y; }
+  inline wxPseudoMetaFile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; }
+  inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
+  inline int GetArrowEnd() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
+  inline double GetArrowSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
+  void SetSize(double size);
+  inline void SetSpacing(double sp) { m_spacing = sp; }
+
+ protected:
+  WXTYPE            m_arrowType;
+  int               m_arrowEnd;         // Position on line
+  double             m_xOffset;          // Distance from arc start or end, w.r.t. point on arrowhead
+                                        // nearest start or end. If zero, use default spacing.
+  double             m_yOffset;          // vertical offset (w.r.t. a horizontal line). Normally zero.
+  double             m_spacing;          // Spacing from the last arrowhead
+  double             m_arrowSize;        // Length of arrowhead
+  wxString          m_arrowName;        // Name of arrow
+  bool              m_saveToFile;       // TRUE if we want to save custom arrowheads to file.
+  wxPseudoMetaFile* m_metaFile;         // Pseudo metafile if this is a custom arrowhead
+  long              m_id;               // identifier
+};
+
+// Line object
+class wxLabelShape;
+class wxLineShape: public wxShape
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLineShape)
+
+ public:
+  wxLineShape();
+  ~wxLineShape();
+
+  // Called when a connected object has moved, to move the link to
+  // correct position
+  // moveControlPoints must be disabled when a control point is being
+  // dragged.
+  void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
+  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
+  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
+  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
+  virtual bool OnMoveControlPoint(int WXUNUSED(which), double WXUNUSED(x), double WXUNUSED(y)) { return FALSE; }
+  virtual bool OnMoveMiddleControlPoint(wxDC& dc, wxLineControlPoint* lpt, const wxRealPoint& pt);
+  virtual bool OnLabelMovePre(wxDC& dc, wxLabelShape* labelShape, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display);
+  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
+  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
+  void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
+  virtual void SetEnds(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2);
+  virtual void GetEnds(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2);
+  inline virtual wxShape *GetFrom() { return m_from; }
+  inline virtual wxShape *GetTo() { return m_to; }
+  inline virtual int GetAttachmentFrom() { return m_attachmentFrom; }
+  inline virtual int GetAttachmentTo() { return m_attachmentTo; }
+
+  virtual void SetFrom(wxShape *object);
+  virtual void SetTo(wxShape *object);
+  virtual void DrawArrows(wxDC& dc);
+
+  // Finds the x, y points at the two ends of the line.
+  // This function can be used by e.g. line-routing routines to
+  // get the actual points on the two node images where the lines will be drawn
+  // to/from.
+  void FindLineEndPoints(double *fromX, double *fromY, double *toX, double *toY);
+
+  // Format one region at this position
+  void DrawRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
+
+  // Erase one region at this position
+  void EraseRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
+
+  // Get the reference point for a label. Region x and y
+  // are offsets from this.
+  // position is 0 (middle), 1 (start), 2 (end)
+  void GetLabelPosition(int position, double *x, double *y);
+
+  // Can override this to create a different class of label shape
+  virtual wxLabelShape* OnCreateLabelShape(wxLineShape *parent = NULL, wxShapeRegion *region = NULL, double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
+
+  // Straighten verticals and horizontals
+  virtual void Straighten(wxDC* dc = NULL);
+
+  // Not implemented
+  inline void SetMaintainStraightLines(bool flag) { m_maintainStraightLines = flag; }
+  inline bool GetMaintainStraightLines() const { return m_maintainStraightLines; }
+
+  // Make handle control points
+  void MakeControlPoints();
+  void ResetControlPoints();
+
+  // Make a given number of control points
+  virtual void MakeLineControlPoints(int n);
+  virtual wxNode *InsertLineControlPoint(wxDC* dc);
+  virtual bool DeleteLineControlPoint();
+  virtual void Initialise();
+  inline wxList *GetLineControlPoints() { return m_lineControlPoints; }
+
+  // Override dragging behaviour - don't want to be able to drag lines!
+  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
+  // to override sizing behaviour.
+  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
+
+  // Override select, to create/delete temporary label-moving objects
+  void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
+
+  // Set to spline (TRUE) or line (FALSE)
+  inline void SetSpline(bool spl) { m_isSpline = spl; }
+  inline bool IsSpline() const { return m_isSpline; }
+
+  void Unlink();
+  void SetAttachments(int from_attach, int to_attach);
+  inline void SetAttachmentFrom(int attach) { m_attachmentFrom = attach; }
+  inline void SetAttachmentTo(int attach) { m_attachmentTo = attach; }
+
+  bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
+
+#ifdef PROLOGIO
+  // I/O
+  virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+  virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
+#endif
+
+  virtual void FindNth(wxShape *image, int *nth, int *no_arcs, bool incoming);
+
+  // Find which position we're talking about at this (x, y).
+  // Returns ARROW_POSITION_START, ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE, ARROW_POSITION_END
+  int FindLinePosition(double x, double y);
+
+  // This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
+  // For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
+  // dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
+  virtual bool Draggable() const { return FALSE; }
+
+  // Does the copying for this object
+  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
+
+  // Add an arrowhead.
+  wxArrowHead *AddArrow(WXTYPE type, int end = ARROW_POSITION_END,
+                double arrowSize = 10.0, double xOffset = 0.0, const wxString& name = "",
+                wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL, long arrowId = -1);
+
+  // Add an arrowhead in the position indicated by the reference
+  // list of arrowheads, which contains all legal arrowheads for this
+  // line, in the correct order.
+  // E.g. reference list:      a b c d e
+  //      Current line list:   a d
+  // Add c, then line list is: a c d
+  // If no legal arrowhead position, return FALSE.
+  // Assume reference list is for one end only, since it potentially defines
+  // the ordering for any one of the 3 positions. So we don't check
+  // the reference list for arrowhead position.
+  bool AddArrowOrdered(wxArrowHead *arrow, wxList& referenceList, int end);
+
+  // Delete arrowhead(s)
+  void ClearArrowsAtPosition(int end = -1);
+  bool ClearArrow(const wxString& name);
+  wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
+  wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(long arrowId);
+  bool DeleteArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
+  bool DeleteArrowHead(long arrowId);
+  void DrawArrow(wxDC& dc, wxArrowHead *arrow, double xOffset, bool proportionalOffset);
+  inline void SetIgnoreOffsets(bool ignore) { m_ignoreArrowOffsets = ignore; }
+  inline wxList& GetArrows() const { return (wxList&) m_arcArrows; }
+
+  // Find horizontal width for drawing a line with
+  // arrows in minimum space. Assume arrows at
+  // END only
+  double FindMinimumWidth();
+
+  // Set alignment flags. ALIGNMENT NOT IMPLEMENTED.
+  void SetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd, bool isHoriz);
+  void SetAlignmentType(bool isEnd, int alignType);
+  bool GetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd);
+  int GetAlignmentType(bool isEnd);
+
+  // Find next control point in line after the start/end point
+  // (depending on whether the node object is at start or end)
+  wxRealPoint *GetNextControlPoint(wxShape *nodeObject);
+  inline bool IsEnd(wxShape *nodeObject) const { return (m_to == nodeObject); }
+
+private:
+  bool              m_erasing;              // flag to say whether we're erasing or drawing
+                                            // this line (really so metafiles can draw a
+                                            // blank rectangle)
+  bool              m_ignoreArrowOffsets;   // Don't always want to draw arrowhead offsets
+                                            // because they may not work on tool palettes (for example)
+  bool              m_isSpline;
+  bool              m_maintainStraightLines;
+
+protected:
+  // Temporary list of line segment orientations
+  // so we know what direction the line is supposed to be dog-legging
+  // in. The values are integer: 0 for vertical, 1 for horizontal.
+  wxList            m_lineOrientations;
+
+  // Temporary pointers for start, middle and end label editing objects
+  // (active only when the line is selected)
+  wxLabelShape*     m_labelObjects[3];
+
+  // These define the segmented line - not to be confused with temporary control
+  // points which appear when object is selected (although in this case they'll
+  // probably be the same)
+  wxList*           m_lineControlPoints;
+
+  double            m_arrowSpacing; // Separation between adjacent arrows
+
+  wxShape*          m_to;
+  wxShape*          m_from;
+
+  int               m_attachmentTo;   // Attachment point at one end
+  int               m_attachmentFrom; // Attachment point at other end
+
+  // Alignment flags
+  int               m_alignmentStart;
+  int               m_alignmentEnd;
+
+  wxList            m_arcArrows;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _OGL_LINES_H_